Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
Brill Introductions to
Indo-European Languages
Series Editors
Michiel de Vaan
Alexander Lubotsky
volume 1
Introduction to Avestan
By
Javier Martnez
Michiel de Vaan
Translated by
Ryan Sandell
LEIDEN | BOSTON
This publication has been typeset in the multilingual Brill typeface. With over 5,100 characters covering
Latin, ipa, Greek, and Cyrillic, this typeface is especially suitable for use in the humanities. For more
information, please see www.brill.com/brill-typeface.
issn 2214-5605
isbn 978 90 04 25809 9 (paperback)
isbn 978 90 04 25777 1 (e-book)
Copyright 2014 by Koninklijke Brill nv, Leiden, The Netherlands.
Koninklijke Brill nv incorporates the imprints Brill, Global Oriental, Hotei Publishing, idc Publishers and
Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, translated, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise,
without prior written permission from the publisher.
Authorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use is granted by Koninklijke Brill nv provided
that the appropriate fees are paid directly to The Copyright Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive, Suite 910,
Danvers, ma 01923, usa. Fees are subject to change.
This book is printed on acid-free paper.
Contents
Translators Note ix
Preface xi
Symbols and Abbreviations
xiii
1 Introduction 1
1 Avestan; the Iranian Languages 1
2 The Avestan Texts 2
3 Writing System: The Avestan Alphabet
4 The Transmission 5
2 Phonology 7
5 Alphabet and Phoneme Inventory 7
6 Historical Phonology 9
7 Vowels 10
8 Epenthetic Vowels 17
9 Anaptyctic Vowels 18
10 Diphthongs 19
11 Consonants 21
3 Morphology 39
12 Introduction 39
13 Nominal Inflection 39
14 Case Endings of the Singular 43
15 Case Endings of the Dual 44
16 Case Endings of the Plural 44
17 Inflectional Classes 46
18 Consonant Stems 46
19 Vowel Stems 53
20 The Adjective 64
21 Numerals 66
22 Pronouns 69
23 Prepositions and Preverbs 77
24 The Verb 78
25 Component Elements 78
26 Present Stems 80
viii
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
contents
Aorist Stems 82
Perfect Stem 83
Moods 83
Personal Endings 83
The Augment 87
Paradigms 88
Non-Finite and Nominal Forms 96
4 Syntax 99
34 Syntax 99
35 Number 99
36 Case Syntax 100
37 The Use of Verbal Moods 101
38 Clausal Syntax 103
39 Negation 104
40 The System Changes 105
5 Texts 107
41 Introduction 107
Bibliography 119
Glossary 123
Word Index 131
Topical Index 159
Translators Note
Like any dutiful translator, I have at all times striven to obtain an accurate and
clear rendering of the original Spanish text into English, while still maintaining as much of the original phrasing and style as possible. Given the objective of
this book, to introduce the facts concerning the historical and synchronic grammar of Avestan, I have prized clarity above all, and therefore have occasionally
added additional explanatory clauses where I felt that a merely accurate translation did not convey the intended point. Similarly, the availability of a more
extensive number and gender agreement system in Spanish often necessitated
that I restore full nominal referents in many places, again for the sake of clarity.
For technical reasons, the files in which the original Spanish manuscript was
composed were not usable. To produce the translation, I therefore retyped the
entire book from a printed copy of the original 2001 Ediciones Clsicas edition,
and typeset it using
, in order to take advantage of direct Unicode input.
First thanks go to the authors, Javier Martnez and Michiel de Vaan (who,
incidentally, taught the first course of Avestan in which I sat, now almost
five years ago), for having entrusted me with this project. Chiara Bozzone
kindly read various portions of my text, suggested better translations, and
offered moral support whenever necessary. I owe a considerable debt to Jesse
Lundquist, who read a draft of the manuscript through the portion on nominal morphology, and thereby saved me from innumerable typographical errors.
Los Angeles, June 2013
RS
Preface
Around the second millennium bce, at the same time that Judaism was taking shape further to the west, another monotheistic religion, impelled by the
prophet Zarathustra, arose among the Iranian tribes that inhabited the area of
present-day Eastern Iran and Western Afghanistan. Zarathustra incorporated
the old Iranian deities into this new religion, and he reorganized them within a
dualistic system characterized by the battle between Good and Evil. The Mazdayasnian creed attained dominance in the Achaemenid (559336 bce) and
Sasanian (ca. 224651ce) Persian Empire. Later, following the Muslim invasion, the Mazdayasnian religion was nearly annihilated; nevertheless, in spite
of everything, Mazdayasnianism survived until the present day in a couple of
Iranian cities, in the west of India (Bombay [Mumbai], Gujarat), and throughout the diaspora (United States, England).
Of the totality of texts belonging to the canon, which was formed in the first
half of the first millenium bce and was successively transmitted by priests, only
a tiny fraction has survived, transmitted in manuscripts since the Middle Ages.
With the acquisition of a good portion of those manuscripts in the 18th and 19th
centuries, the academic study of the Avestan language and the Mazdayasnian
religion began in Europe.
Presently, grammars and monographs on Avestan exist in various languages,
but an updated modern introduction, mainly intended for students of Comparative and Indo-European Linguistics was still lacking. In view of this gap, we
first published in 2001 an Introduccin al Avstico, which was quite successful,
and rapidly sold out. Limitations owing to the original language and the small
size of the first printing made the book a rarum.
The start of the new series Brill Introductions to Indo-European Languages
allows us to seize the opportunity to produce an English translation based on
the Introduccin, as many students of Avestan and Comparative Linguistics
requested since the Spanish book appeared.
Considering the growing number of scholars interested in the study of
Ancient Languages and Cultures, the present grammar has a dual objective.
In the first place, it aspires to be a clear and concise manual of Avestan for
those who wish to study the texts from a historical and cultural perspective,
but it also intends to bring out the history of one of the oldest and most archaic
Indo-European languages.
On the whole, the aim of this new edition was to change the text as little as possible, because of both the positive feedback received after the first
edition and in order to maintain the concision and handiness of the original.
xii
preface
corresponds to
.
syllable boundary
<
develops regularly from
<<
develops indirectly from
>
develops regularly to
>>
develops indirectly to
replaced by
abl.
ablative
acc.
accusative
act.
active
aor.
aorist
Av.
Avestan
ca.
circa
ch.
chapter
cs.
centuries
caus. causative
dat.
dative
esp.
especially
f(em). feminine
FG
full grade
fn.
footnote
fut.
future
gen.
genitive
Goth. Gothic
Gr.
Greek
HD
hysterodynamic
Hitt. Hittite
i.e.
id est
id.
idem
+
IE
IIr.
impv.
impf.
ind.
inf.
inj.
inst.
Ir.
Lat.
LG
Lith.
loc.
m(asc).
mid.
mss.
N.B.
ne(ut).
nom.
OAv.
OCS
OHG
OIr.
OP
opt.
part.
pass.
PD
PE
PIE
perf.
pl.
plupf.
PN
posp.
ppp.
pres.
Indo-European
Indo-Iranian
imperative
imperfect
indicative
infinitive
injunctive
instrumental
Iranian
Latin
lengthened grade
Lithuanian
locative
masculine
middle
manuscripts
nota bene
neuter
nominative
Old Avestan
Old Church Slavic
Old High German
Old Irish
Old Persian
optative
participle
passive
proterodynamic
primary ending(s)
Proto-Indo-European
perfect
plural
pluperfect
proper noun
postposition
past passive participle
present
xiv
prev.
rel.
resp.
SE
sg.
Skt.
subj.
preverb
relative
respectively
secondary ending(s)
singular
Sanskrit
subjunctive
superl.
Umbr.
v.l.
voc.
w.a.
YAv.
ZG
superlative
Umbrian
varia lectio
vocative
without attestation
Young Avestan
zero grade
chapter 1
Introduction
1
Avestan is the language preserved in the sacred books of the Parsis,1 the ensemble of which is called the Avesta. Avestan is an Indo-European language and
belongs to the Indo-Iranian branch of the family. In turn, Avestan (Av.), together
with Old Persian (OP), is the oldest transmitted Iranian language.
Precision is necessary with respect to the term Iranian because of possible
confusion beween the linguistic and the geographical use of the term. The Iranian languages are not geographically restricted to the borders of present-day
Iran, but are also found scattered throughout the whole area of the Middle East:
Turkey (Kurdish and Zaza [Zz]), Georgia and Russia (Ossetic), Azerbaijan
(Tt), Iraq (Kurdish), Iran (Persian, Kurdish, Balochi [Balo c ], Pashto [Pasto ]),
Afghanistan (Pashto, Ormur, Parachi [Parc], Tajik [Tak], etc.), etc.
As has already been noted, the oldest attested languages of the Iranian
group are Old Persian and Avestan, of which two varieties are known: Old
Avestan (OAv.), also called Gathic Avestan or Avestan of the Gathas [Gs],
and Young Avestan (YAv.). The differences between both varieties are as much
chronological (diachronic) as dialectal (geographic).
There are other old Iranian languages of which we are aware, but unfortunately, nothing more than scarce and badly preserved remnants have been
passed down. Such is the case for Scythian, of which we have information
through Greek writers; for Median, of which direct testimony does not exist;
etc.
In Figure 1, one can get a general view of the family tree of the Iranian languages. Note that the diagram does not faithfully reflect the historical reality of
the languages, and that there are still obscure points regarding the synchronic
position of some languages.
Neither where nor when Avestan was spoken is known with certainty,
though it is possible to surmise that its area of origin was Eastern Iran, while
it is thought that Zarathustra must have lived before the 10th c. bce.
figure 1
chapter 1 introduction
The Avestan language has been transmitted to the present day by means of
manuscripts, the oldest of which dates from the 13th or 14th cs. ce (!).2 The
monumental edition of Geldner is preceded by a series of Prolegomena,
in which all of the manuscripts utilized for the edition are classified in a
detailed fashion, according to the traditional method of Classical Philology. The
Prolegomena furnish some valuable information, particularly due to the fact
that some of the manuscripts seen by Geldner have since been irremediably
lost, and the whereabouts of many others are unknown.3
The difficult work of reconstituting the Avestan texts rigorously combines
philology and linguistics, as the results that follow from the exegesis of the
2 This is K7a.b., which Barr dates to the year 1288 or 1268; cf. Geldner Prol. VIIa.; Barr 1944:
XIII f.; and Hoffmann/Narten 16. This manuscript is accompanied by a Pahlavi translation,
i.e., in Middle Persian. The manuscripts that contain only the text in Avestan are termed pure
(sa de), most of which are generally much younger than those called impure.
3 The Ms. Mf4 is an exceptional case, as it was not collated by Geldner. This important
manuscript has been edited in 1976 by JamaspAsa. As it happens, some of the mss. have
been rediscovered: cf., for example, F1.
figure 2
texts, together with textual criticism, must be compared with the results from
linguistics (historical and comparative). In virtue of this method, the Erlangen
circle, under the guidance of K. Hoffmann, has made considerable progress in
the study of Avestan philology during recent decades. One of the achievements
of Hoffmann consists precisely in positing an archetype from which all the
preserved Avestan texts ultimately derive. In effect, despite the many variants
that one may observe both in the texts and in their parts, all the manuscripts
retain a great uniformity, and must derive from an archetype put together
in early Islamic times (see 3). The restitution of the text that underlay the
archetype (cf. 4.2.5) is the principal task that Avestan philology undertakes.
It seems that selected Avestan texts were organized into a canon in a manner
similar to other liturgical texts such as the Bible or the Veda. Nevertheless,
even after the creation and diffusion of the Avestan script, as well as the
compilation of the Avestan canon, the transmission of the Avesta continued
to be primarily oral. Today, only a meager portion of the ancient canon is
preserved. In the Pahlavi (Middle Persian) literature, many texts are mentioned
that, unfortunately, have not been preserved. The archetype reconstructible
for the totality of the extant Avestan manuscripts probably reflects a tradition
made during the Sasanian period (ca. 224651ce). This collection consisted
of descriptions of Zoroastrian rituals. They give the Avestan texts which are
to be pronounced during the ritual and some short stage instructions to the
officiating priests (given in various contemporary languages). The collection of
texts that was made for the archetype is found to different degrees in various
chapter 1 introduction
manuscripts. Its original use was for instructing future priests in the religious
schools, rather than actual use during religious ceremonies.
Within the Avestan corpus, the texts belonging to Old Av. are: (a) the 17
songs conceivably composed by Zarathustra himself (ordered into five gathas:
Y 2834, 4346, 4750, 51, 53), (b) the Yasna haptahiti (Y 35.241.6), which
could also be attributed to Zarathustra, and (c) several fragments dispersed
throughout the Yasna. The remaining texts of the corpus are catagorized as
Young Av.: for example, the Yasna (Y), Yat (Yt), the Vsperad (Vr), the Nyyisn
(Ny), the Gh (G), the Sroza (S), the A fringa n (A), the Videvda d (Vd), etc. They
are composed in prose with some small remnants of poetry. On the texts, cf.
41ff.
Avestan is written with an alphabet created expressly for the purpose of committing the corpus to writing; the creation of this alphabet is probably to be
situated between the middle of the 7th c. and the middle of the 9th c; cf. below.
The Avestan alphabet is very complete and contains a detailed inventory of
graphemes (it may, perhaps, be the first phonetic alphabet), whose goal was
to represent with precision, in writing, a (liturgical) recited text, which would
have had variant forms depending upon the speed of recitation, etc. This fact
indicates that the Avestan alphabet is a deliberate creation, and does not result
from a lengthy process of adoption. Indeed, the alphabet must have had a specific creator, who could equally have been a lone individual or have come from
a school of recitation.
The immediate model for the Avestan alphabet is a variety of the Pahlavi
script (which itself ultimately derives from the Aramaic script): Book Pahlavi,
used by theologians of the Zoroastrian church for their writings. Its influence
is clearly seen in the letters a i k xv t p b n m r s z and s . Some
characters, however, have been taken over from another, more archaic variety,
used for a translation of the psalter, and known because they have been found
in a manuscript from Turfan (7/13th c. ce): cf. j and d . The rest of the
letters result either from the use of diacritics (for example, the small line was
abstracted from Pahl. L // > o , as a sign of length, and added to make the
corresponding longs to i and u, i.e. i and u , while being subtracted from Pahl.
L /o/ to write o ) or from pure invention (a as a ligature of + [ + ] or
in its two variants and ).
The establishment of a relative chronology for the script is a complicated
issue, and has been a recent topic of discussion. Until now, an inscription in
4 the transmission
Book Pahlavi script on a sarcophagus discovered in Istanbul, whose archeological dating demands a date no later than 430 ce, was usually adduced as
important evidence. Some scholars even allowed the possibility that the creation of the script had taken place during the reign of Sabuhr II (310379 ce).
At present, the dating of the sarcophagus has been revised, and a much later
date is admitted, probably the 9th or 10th c. Recently, a new approach to the
evidence provided by the Pahlavi books and other sources, like coins, points
toward the existence of a Sasanian Avesta. The invention of the Avestan alphabet could accordingly be dated to around 500ad. It is quite probable that the
pressure of the Arab conquest (651ce) acted as a catalyzing agent in the Mazdayasnian community, and the need was felt to continue the Avestan canon in
a written form. The canons redaction in writing may have materialized during
the so-called Pahlavi Renaissance (9th c.), which attempted to set up a canonical book in direct opposition to those that the other great religions offered, and
to the Quran in particular.
Despite its obvious filiation, the Avestan writing system distinguishes itself
sharply from the imprecision that characterizes the Pahlavi system, in which
the same sign or ligature allows for various interpretive possibilities, and vowels
are not indicated (a practice inherited from Aramaic). Avestan, from the outset,
assigned a specific value to each sign and marked the vowels precisely. In this
regard, the Greek writing system, which was well known throughout the East,
may have served as a point of reference for the creators of the Avestan alphabet.
The Transmission
The enterprise that sought to commit the Avestan corpus to writing must have
been carried out shortly after the invention of the alphabet, and would have
culminated with the production of a sort of editio princeps of the Avesta, which
is usually given the name Sasanian Archetype. This unpreserved archetype
establishes the beginning of Avestans history of textual transmission. The
transmission of the corpus, however, obviously begins much earlier, with the
very moment of its composition. From here, it is possible to distinguish between several stages up until the time that the corpus took written form.
4.1. With regard to OAv., the stages are as follows (according to Hoffmann 1989:51, with slight modification): 1. the original language of the gs of
Zarathustra, the Yasna haptaha iti, and the three sacred prayers (between 1000
and 900bce). The region where the Old Av. texts originated is usually located
in Northeastern Iran (Herat?); 2. changes due to slow recitation appear (here,
the numerous non-metrical anaptytic vowels are introduced); 3. changes due
chapter 1 introduction
chapter 2
Phonology
5
The Avestan alphabet consists of 16 vowel signs and 37 consonant signs. The
fact that a considerable number of the languages phonemes are represented by
multiple graphemes demonstrates that the writing system is effectively more
phonetic than phonological.
5.1. In Table 1, the letters of the Avestan alphabet are presented according
to their place of articulation, which is the traditional practice in Indo-Iranian
philology. The accompanying transliteration below each letter is that which is
usually employed at present. This transliteration scheme is based on a notation
established by K. Hoffmann (1971; cf. 1975: 316 ff.), which the scientific community has accepted as the norm. Previously, different signs were used for the
transliteration of some characters, such as for x , c for c, j for j, w for , n for n
and n , for , s, and s, y for y, , and ii, and v for v and uu. Recently, other characters have been introduced into the modern transliteration system: , , v, ,
, m , , and s.
5.2. Certain letters are found only in the manuscripts and are usually not
present in the textual editions, a fact which should not take away from their
importance, because some of these letters may have been part of the original
alphabet of the archetype.
1. appears only in ms. Pd, where it is used instead of a preceding h.
2. , which scarcely occurs in the manuscripts, belongs to the original alphabet. In the manuscripts that do use it, it most often appears in the frequent final
sequence -ng (cf. esp. the mss. S1 and J3; 7.9.3), from which it is possible to
deduce that could have been an unreleased consonant like t ( 11.10.2); both
are the only final occlusives in Avestan.
3. v (-uh- [-h-] / -uh- < *-hu - < *-su -) likewise belonged to the archetype
and represents a labialized ; cf. 11.31. In the same fashion, represents a
palatal resulting from *-hi- < *-si-; cf. 11.29.
4. (cf. 11.4), in the archetype, represented a palatal n produced before *i;
it is thus usually found in the manuscripts preceding ii (< *i), but also before
i.
5. m was likewise a constituent letter of the original alphabet, used for the
representation of a voiceless m. Occasionally, one finds it replaced by hm.
8
table 1
chapter 2 phonology
The Avestan alphabet
xv
h
6. The manuscripts that come from Iran usually employ instead of y, which is
used much more frequently in the Indian manuscripts. The substantial formal
difference between the two signs excludes the possibility that they might have
been mere variants; it may be that was originally employed for initial #i
(11.1.1). The two distinct graphemes could be explained by supposing that
original initial #i was written with , while y would have, in principle, served
to represent a palatal z . With the passage of time, the sounds z and z were
no longer differentiated. Both sounds came to be written in inlaut with z ,
consequently leaving the letter for z free; this letter then must have been used
6 historical phonology
Historical Phonology
Avestan in its two varieties, when taken together with Old Persian, allows for
the reconstruction of a Proto-Iranian language (Ir.); the stage preceding ProtoIranian is Proto-Indo-Iranian (also called Proto-Aryan), which is reconstructed
through the comparison of Proto-Iranian and Sanskrit (especially the oldest
phase of the language: Vedic), which is a language closely related to Iranian.
1 The original composition vowel is a, which is found in some isolated cases: ustna-zastawith outspread hands, asa -cinah- seeking asa . In some instances, a is also found, justifiably,
to judge from parallel Skt. examples: kamna nar- with few men; vispa .vohu having all that
is good (Skt. vivvasu-). o , of secondary origin, is the composition vowel of YAv., but it
was successfully introduced into OAv. An also occurs as a composition vowel in a few
rare instances: OAv. man.vista- found in thought, and, consequently, is found before some
endings as well; cf. 7.9.4.
10
chapter 2 phonology
Vowels
The Indo-European vowel system was simplified in Proto-Indo-Iranian, a condition that still holds in Proto-Iranian: the vowels e o (and their respective long
vowels) all become a (and a respectively), while the vowels i and u (and their
respective long vowels) remain unchanged. In general, the following developments can be stated:
table 2
7 vowels
11
7.1. Comparison allows for the reconstruction of a vocalic system for Avestan,
which one would hope to find faithfully reflected in the texts; however, the
vowels in the text of the Avesta have undergone some additional changes.
For instance, it is not uncommon to encounter phenomena that result from
the peculiarities of liturgical pronunciation (slow or quick chanting), introduced throughout the transmission. Some of these features may already have
been present in the original language (cf. 9).
7.2. Between Old and Young Avestan, one primary difference that emerges
is in the representation of final vowels. The vowels a, a , , , i, i, u, u , e, e,
o, o , are always written as long vowels in word-final position in Old Avestan,
while in Young Avestan, they are always written as short vowels, except for -
and -o , and in monosyllabic words (cf. 7.11.3, 7.13.1). Before the enclitics ca
and cit, in Old Avestan, i and u usually shorten, while a usually remains as
such.
The vowels found in the text of the Avesta have direct correlates in the
proto-language, or else are the products of specific phonetic developments. In
the following sections, we present a list of the vowels that appear in the text of
the Avesta, with the details of their respective histories.
7.3. a derives from IIr. *a < PIE *e, *o, *n , *m .
1. Sometimes, an a in the antepenultimate syllable is the product of shortening from a : OAv. caarasca four versus car id. (Skt. catva ras); dtaras-ca
versus dtr (nom.pl. of dtar- creator; Skt. dta ras); cf. also the ending of
the thematic gen.pl. -anm (versus Skt. nm, OP -nm; the final -m is bisyllabic). The same phenomenon is seen in YAv. (but not OAv.) in the abl. ending
-t preceding the preposition haca: ahmat haca.
2. The IIr. sequence *a ia sometimes becomes aia in Avestan (just as in the
other Eastern Iranian dialects): YAv. asaiia- without shadow (cf. Skt. cha ya -);
mazdaiiasna- Mazdayasnian, of Mazda; raiia with wealth (inst.sg.; Skt. rya ;
but cf. gen.sg. OAv. ra iio ; Skt. rys). Shortening of prevocalic *i is quite
sporadic: YAv. vaiiu- wind (Skt. vy-).
3. The IIr. seqence *a ua occasionally develops to au a in Avestan (and in
Eastern Iranian): nauuza- navigator (Skt. nvj-); Av. asa uuan- truthful,
following asa [truth] (Skt. r ta van-).
7.4. a derives from IIr. *a < PIE *e, *o (and the corresponding short vowels
preceding laryngeals), *m H, *n H (YAv. za ta- born < PIE *n h1-t-; Skt. jt-, Lat.
gntus). Occasionally, is found instead of the expected a: 1. after a labial consonant and before s (< *-rt-): YAv. vs m wagon < *varta-; 2. in initial syllables
12
chapter 2 phonology
(when followed by several other light syllables), one may find instead of
a: rmaiti- right-mindedness (Skt. armati-), kuuaiias-ca princes (Skt.
kavyas); 3. often, in OAv., following ii or uu (i.e., following Cii / Cuu ): viidarsm (1.sg.aor.act.ind. of dars see; cf. Skt. adaram); vrziitm (3.sg.pres.
mid.impv. of varz carry out, do; cf. Gr. -); +hmiisait (3.sg.pres.mid.ind.
of yam hold); h-duurt (3.pl.pres.mid.inj. of duuar run); xvnuut
(inst.sg. of xvanuuat- sunny).
4. Finally, mention should be made of the development PIE *o > IIr. *
> Av. when the PIE vowel *o stood in an open syllable: cf. Gr. , Av.
pitarm, Skt. pitram, as opposed to Gr. , Av. dtrm, Skt. dtaram. This
phenomenon, which is frequently subject to intraparadigmatic regularization
owing to the tendency to generalize but a single inflectional stem, is given the
name of Brugmanns Law or simply Brugmann; cf. 18.1.2, 18.5, 26.15, 32.1.c
(but only possibly in the case of 32.1.c).
7.5. a reflects 1. an preceding h (< *-sa -; cf. 5.2.3) or (i.e. NC; cf. 11.3.2);
OAv. ya hm (gen.pl.f. of the rel.pron. ya-; cf. Skt. ya sm); YAv. ma hm (acc.sg.
of mh- moon; cf. Skt. ma sam); da h (2.sg.aor.mid.sbj. of d give / put <
PIE *deh3 / *dheh1, resp.); da t (3.pl.aor.mid.sbj. of d); YAv. maza tm (acc.sg.
of OAv. mazat- great; cf. Skt. maha ntam); haca t (3.pl.pres.mid.sbj. of hac
follow).
In inflection are found: 2. final -a #, which derives from the IIr. sequence
*-s#:2 cf. OAv. ata ha (gen.sg.f. of dem.pron. ata- this); OAv. dana (gen.sg./
nom.acc.pl. of dan- religion; cf. the Skt. ending -s of gen.sg./nom.acc.pl. of
-stems.); 3. the ending of the gen.du. is also -a < *-s (cf. Skt. -o; the loc.du.
has -uuo < *-au ; cf. 10.3.4).
7.6. is the product of 1. the IIr. sequence a n before a fricative: x f s z :
mra- formulation (Skt. mntra-); YAv. zah- tightness (Skt. m has-; Lat.
angus-tus; < PIE *h2mhes-); dhita- most expert (Skt. dm siha-) and dids
(3.sg.pres.act.inj. of dh teach, Skt. dam s; cf. Gr. ); xnah- rein (cf. Gr.
-; from PIE *h2enk bend); YAv. fr forwards (Skt. pra < *pra k-);
OAv. psnu- dust (Skt. pm s-); vs (3.sg.aor.act.inj. < IIr. *u nst from van win,
prevail).
2 When the enclitic ca is added, the vowel a is maintained by analogy: gen.sg. (mazd-) mazda
and mazda sca; nom.pl. (dana-) dana and dana sca; acc.pl. (ssn-) ssna and ssna sca, etc.
7 vowels
13
3 The pres.part.mid. saiianm lying, whose short vowel is unexpected, is not to be included
here, cf. Skt. yna-.
14
chapter 2 phonology
in word-internal position, whence it was introduced into OAv.: cf. Av. nmahhomage (Skt. nmas-), but Av. manah- thought (Skt. mnas-). 4. On the
original development of a in YAv., cf. 7.14.4 (a > > i; cf. also fn. 6 below),
7.16.1 (a > > u). 5. On as an anaptyctic vowel, cf. 9.2.5.
7.9. is found 1. often in OAv. passages as the outcome of a before a nasal
(but cf. 7.8): aniin (acc.sg.m. of aniia- other; cf. Skt. any-), vrzna- community, clan (Skt. vrjna-), xvnuuat- sunny (xvan- sun; cf. Skt. svr- id.),
hacna- fellowship (Skt. sacan-); hacmn (nom.sg.f. pres.part.mid. of hac;
Skt. scate); 2. in OAv., it reflects an a preceding the sequence hm: hm
(acc.pl. 1.pers.pron.; YAv. ahma); in YAv., a is preserved (or perhaps underwent
a reversion > a),4 and from there it was extended into OAv.: OAv. mahmi
(dat.sg.neut. of ma- my); ahmat (abl.pl. of azm I, Skt. asmt), etc.; 3. before
the cluster gh < IIr. *ns: mghi (1.sg.aor.mid.sbj. of man < *mansi); OAv.
vghat, vghait (2. and 3.sg.aor.act.sbj., resp., of van; cf. Skt. vm sat); sghaexplanation (YAv. saha-; Skt. m sa-); but not before -h- < *-a sa -: manah (inst.sg. of manah-; YAv. manaha; Skt. mnas); finally, cf. tg (acc.pl.m.
dem.pron.; Skt. ta n); ams g (acc.pl.m of amsa - immortal); vspg (acc.pl.
of vspa- all; Skt. vva-). The ending *-ans > OAv. -g / YAv. -: YAv. ams ,
vsp, pur (acc.pl.; the YAv. ending - results from the preservation of nasalization when m, n, ii, or h preceded the vowel, while was the denasalized
outcome elsewhere: YAv. haom, asm, im, and from there was extended to
other cases: mazit am mazit am).
4. Likewise, , in OAv., develops from IIr. final *-as (Skt. -as > -a): tar
across, over (prev.; YAv. tar, Skt. tirs); cir (nom.sg.m. of cira- brilliant;
Skt. citr-); m (nom.sg. of ma-); par beyond (adv.; YAv. par, Skt. pars);
sar (abl.sg. of sar- union); haz (nom.sg.neut. of hazah- power, dominion;
Skt. shas-); v (gen.pl. encl. of 2.pers.pron.; Skt. vas); in YAv., the same final
sequence also resulted in -, but was replaced by -, which was in turn introduced into OAv. (cf. 7.13.1).
In some forms, YAv. preserves the old final sequence when it occurs wordinternally: cf. YAv. raocbii, (OAv.) YAv. raocb (dat./abl.pl. and inst.pl., resp.,
of raocah- light, from a nom. *raoc); vacb (inst.pl. of vacah- word; Skt.
vcas-) from an OAv. nom. vac (cf. 19.1.1). In these examples, can be interpreted as a composition vowel (cf. fn. 1 above).
7 vowels
15
7.10. e comes from 1. an a after i, followed by a palatal consonant or a syllable that contains i, ii, or e (i.e., in a palatal environment): cf. iiiejah- abandonment (Skt. tyjas-); yesn (loc.sg. of yasna- sacrifice; Skt. yaj-) and its
derivative yesniia- (Skt. yajya-); OAv. xaiieh, YAv. xaiieite (2.sg.pres.act.ind.
and 3.sg.pres.mid.ind., resp., of x; Skt. kyasi), sruuahiieit (3.sg.pres.act.ind.
of sruuahiia- seek fame).5 This change does not occur before r, uu, or hm:
cf. YAv. fraiiaire morning; mainiiauue (dat.sg. of maiiu- spirit); OAv. yahm
(loc.sg.m. rel.pron. ya-; contrast the gen.sg.m yehii).
2. In YAv., e may also derive from the sequence ia that is so frequent in the
gen.sg.m. of the thematic inflection: PIE *-osio > *-ahia > (OAv. -ahiia) YAv. -ahe
(cf. further 11.1.1). 3. On the YAv. development -e# < *-ai#, cf. 10.2.2.
7.11. 1. results from the gathacization of the YAv. sequence -e# < *-ai (cf.
10.2.2), which, in OAv., should have been -i (and indeed is, almost always). 2.
It is encountered in OAv. in some outcomes of the IIr. diphthong *ai: vada ,
mruii (< *mruu ai; cf. 10.2.3); 3. it also appears in monosyllables ending in -e in
OAv.: t (nom.pl.m. dem.pron. ta-; contrast ate; Skt. t, Gr. ).
7.12. o 1. comes from an a after m, p, or u , followed by a syllable that contains
u (not u ): mou soon (Skt. maku ); pouru- much (Skt. pur-, OP paruv); vohugood (Skt. vsu-). If the intervening consonant is palatal, dental, or labiodental,
there is no rounding: pasu- livestock (Skt. pau-); YAv. mau- wine (Skt.
mdhu-, Gr. ). 2. o also occurs in some outcomes of the IIr. diphthong *au ;
cf. 10.3.1.
7.13. 1. corresponds to IIr. final sequence *-as#. This final sequence became
- in OAv. and - > - in YAv. (cf. 7.9.4), whence it was introduced into OAv., supplanting the original - almost everywhere: YAv. vac (nom.sg.neut. of vacah-);
k (nom.sg.m. interr.pron. ka- who?); v (dat.gen.pl. encl. of the pers.pron.2.
tuum you; Skt. vas); contrast OAv. vac (also vac), k, v. 2. appears as
the usual composition vowel (cf. 5.4. and fn. 1 above): par.kauum,
drguu.db. 3. In OAv., sometimes represents an a or before the sequence
rC: OAv. crt (3.sg.aor.act.inj. of kar make, do; << *car-t; cf. Skt. -kar); OAv.
rtar- creator (Skt. tvar-; IIr. *tu ar- shape, create); OAv. drt
(3.sg.aor.act.inj. of dar hold; also OAv. drt; < *dhr--t). 4. also appears in
some outcomes of IIr. *-au : gtuu, hat; cf. 10.3.4.
5 In the course of transmission, forms such as as .yec (dat.sg. < as ia-c) also appear. On the
thematic dat.sg., cf. 19.1.7.
16
chapter 2 phonology
7.14. On the whole, i and are preserved as such in most cases, though, in a
number of contexts, i is lengthened to and can be shortened to i. i usually
appears 1. as the reflex of IIr. *i; Av. hi.haxti (3.sg.pres. act.ind. of sac follow;
Skt. sakti); pitum (acc.sg. of pitu- food; Skt. pit-); 2. as the shortened outcome
6 *i in the sequence *CiN developed to *ii and later to YAv. i. From there, it was introduced
(acc.sg. of aniia- other; Skt. anym) beside OAv. aniim, ainm; YAv. frm
into OAv.: YAv. ainim
(acc.sg. of friia- dear; Skt. priym); OAv., YAv. haim (acc.sg.of haiiia- truth; Skt. satym)
beside OAv. haiiim.
8 epenthetic vowels
17
Epenthetic Vowels
18
chapter 2 phonology
Epenthesis of i is not found before , , st, t, m, or hm, nor after (< *aN). The
enclititc ca prevents the epenthesis that endings in i and e induce: drguuatac (dat.sg.m.) versus drguuite; jghati-c (3.sg.) versus sghait.
8.2. u appears exclusively before ru and ru : pour (acc.pl. of pouru- much);
Skt. pur-; YAv. duru- wood (Skt. da ru-); hauruuatt- wholeness (Skt. sarvtti-). In some cases, metathesis together with a later epenthesis is at work:
uruuata- law (uruu /ru / < *u r; Skt. vrat-); uruudah- happiness (cf. Skt.
vrdh).
The sequence *ru i has a special development in YAv., namely, the u was
lost, though it left a trace through epenthesis, which affected the preceding
vowel or created a diphthong, and thus permitted the later epenthesis with
i: YAv. paoiriia- first < *pau riia- < *paru iia- > OAv. pa(o)uruiia-; brtu iriiacousin < *brturia- < *brtru iia- (Skt. bhra tr vya-); tiriia- uncle < *p()turia< *(p)tru iia- (Skt. pitr vya-).
Anaptyctic Vowels
10 diphthongs
19
9.2. In effect, the rest of the vowels are usually employed much less frequently:
sometimes seen are 1. an a: starm-ca (gen.pl. of star- star; v.l. strmca; Skt.
10
Diphthongs
As a result of the changes of PIE *e and *o to IIr. *a, and of PIE * and * to IIr.
*, Indo-Iranian possessed only four diphthongs: two with a short vowel, *ai
and *au , and two with a long vowel, *i and *u . In the Avestan writing system,
these diphthongs are not represented by their own graphemes, but their various outcomes are reflected, rather, by the combinations of vowel signs. In this
way, the phonetic details are rendered.
The IIr. diphthong *ai occasions two distinct outcomes, depending upon the
position in the word in which it is found. Although it is possible to systematize
these outcomes, unexpected correspondences are found at times.
10.1. The spelling a represents 1. the outcome of the IIr. diphthong *ai in (a)
initial position: aa- search (Skt. a-); ama- ire (cf. Skt. yati, Gr. ,
Lat. ra); YAv. asma- firewood (< *aizma- < *aidzhma-; cf. Skt. idhm-); or (b)
in an open syllable: vada 1./3.sg.perf.act.ind. of vid know versus 2.sg. vist; cf.
another example below 10.2.1.7
2. a is likewise the outcome of the group *aia before a nasal, by way of the
possible development > *ai > *a > a: OAv. am (nom.sg. of ima- this; also
OAv. aiim, Skt. aym); vam (nom.pl. of azm I; Skt. vaym); gam (acc.sg.
7 i is frequently found instead of a: OAv. ciat (3.sg.aor.act.sbj. of cit notice); cim (1.sg.aor.
act.inj. of ci); di (1.sg.aor.act.sbj. of dis show); miat (3.sg.aor.act.sbj. of mi leave);
YAv. biiiimaie (1.pl.pres.mid.opt. of bud sense; cf. Skt. bhvemahi of bhavi; versus 3.sg.
biiiata; cf. Skt. bhveta); OAv. vaocim-ca (1.pl.aor.act.opt. of vac; cf. Skt. bhvema; versus
OAv. apam to p, or hanamc to han).
20
chapter 2 phonology
of gaiia- life; Skt. gyam); YAv. brjam (1.sg.pres.act.inj. of barj greet); YAv.
v-dram (1.sg.pres.act.inj. of dar hold).8 The YAv. form ram (acc.sg. of ra iiwealth; < *reh1i-; cf. Skt. raym) falls under the preceding development: *raiim
> *raim > ram.
10.2. The spelling i reflects the outcome of the IIr. diphthong *ai 1. in a closed
syllable: YAv. vin- wave versus vaa- strike (Skt. vga-); 2. in final position
in OAv.: nari (dat.sg. of nar- man; YAv. naire, Skt. nre); fri (dat.sg. of ptarfather; YAv. pire, Skt. pitr);9 in this position, YAv. shows -e (except in yi and
maiiii), which was in turn (re)introduced into OAv. ( 7.11.1).
3. Some cases, such as OAv. mruii (1.sg.pres.mid.ind. of mr), OAv. tanuii
(dat.sg. of tan-), and YAv. uiie (nom.du.f. of uba- both; OAv. ub), exhibit a
phonetic development *-u ai > *-uu ai > OAv. -uu e > YAv. -uiie, which was in turn
introduced into OAv.
10.3. The spelling ao represents 1. the outcome of the IIr. diphthong *au : OAv.
aojah- strength (Skt. jas-; cf. Lat. augre); aoah- burn (cf. Skt. oati, Gr. ,
Lat. r); raocah- light (Skt. rocas-, Gr. , Lat. lx; < PIE *leu k); sraot
(3.sg.aor.act.impv. of sru); mraot (3.sg.pres.act.impv. of mr speak); 2. in some
cases, YAv. ao reflects a recent (non-original) sequence au: YAv. paoiriia- first
(8.2; OP paruviya-); YAv. aoi (variant of auui, also YAv. aii, OAv. aib, Skt. abh).
3. ao is likewise the outcome of *au a before a nasal, by way of a possible phonetic development *au > *au u > *au > ao: naoma ninth (Skt. navam-); YAv.
abaom (1.sg.impf.act.ind. of b; Skt. bhavam); YAv. mraom (1.sg.pres.act.inj. of
mr; Skt. bravam).
4. In final position, the IIr. diphthong *-au becomes -uu in the majority of
cases: YAv. da huu (loc.sg. of da hu- country; < *dahiau -); OAv. huu that
(OP hauv < *hau ); YAv. huxratuu (voc.sg. of huxratu- intelligent; Skt. sukrato).
In some cases, *-au resulted in -: YAv. zastaii (loc.sg. of zasta- hand); YAv.
vaii (voc.sg. of vaiiu-; Skt. vyo); YAv. hat (loc.sg. of hatu- bridge). It is likely
that *-au underwent monophthongization to (parallel to the change of *-ai to
8 In contrast, the forms of the 3.pl. in *-aian are transmitted as -aiin: brjaiin, vi-raiin,
etc.
9 a is found instead of i in some words: YAv. masma- urine (maza- id.; cf. Gr. ;
< *h3meih-); OAv. nastar- slanderer (from nid: cf. 10.5.1); YAv. raa- clump (and its
denominative); raat- warrior (and rait-; Skt. rathea -); YAv. pairi.uruuata- he
who best destroys; srata- most beautiful (Skt. rha-); OAv. hamastar- despoiler (from
mi).
11 consonants
21
-e, cf. 10.2.2), which later diphthongized in [u] (written -uu) in many forms,
though not after -ii-.
10.4. The spelling u represents, as a general rule, the outcome of the IIr.
diphthong *au before -#: cf. the gen.sg. forms gu, maiiu, OAv. dax iiu,
YAv. da hu. In YAv., final -ao (diiao [from diiauu-], drao [from duru-],
ranao) is more frequent and probably results from restoration of *-au- in the
u-stems. Final -ao was also introduced in OAv.: +mriiiao; conversely, OAv.
final -u expanded into YAv.
10.5. The spelling i represents 1. the IIr. diphthong *i: OAv. +i (3.sg.aor.
act.ind. of i desire; cf. Skt. ait); OAv. di (2.sg.aor.act.inj. of dis point;
< *di--s < *di-s-s); YAv. nism, nist (1.sg.act.ind, 3.sg.aor.act.inj. of nid
insult, reproach);
2. the sequence i before a nasal can be the result of *ia, by way of a possible
development > *i > *ii > i: YAv. gim (acc.sg. of giia- step; Skt. gy-);
OAv. humm (acc.sg. of humiia-; Skt. sumy-). On *ia > aia, cf. 7.3.2.
3. Note that epenthesis with i after does not differ graphically from the
original diphthong i: drguuite.
10.6. The spelling u represents 1. the IIr. diphthong *u : YAv. gu cow (Skt.
gu); xnu (3.sg.aor.act.inj. of xnu- welcome); vahu (loc.sg. of vohu-);
+xratu (loc.sg. of xratu-; Skt. krtau).
2. u is likewise the result of *u a before a nasal, by way of a possible
phonetic development > *u > *uu > u: YAv. nasum (acc.sg. of nasucadaver); cf. further YAv. as um (voc.sg. of asa uuan-; Skt. r ta van-; cf. 11.3.3).
On *u a > *au a, cf. 7.3.3.
3. Epenthesis with u after does not differ graphically from the original
diphthong u: duru- (Skt. da ru-, Gr. ).
11
Consonants
The system of consonants reconstructed for Indo-European (cf. 6), in its history leading up to Avestan, has undergone a considerable number of changes,
which have completely disfigured the original system. These changes are in
part due to the developments of the separate phonemes on their own, and in
part to the specific developments of groups of two or more consonants. The
comparison of the Iranian material with that of Indo-Aryan allows, again, the
reconstruction of an Indo-Iranian consonant system.
22
chapter 2 phonology
10
11 consonants
23
sometimes occurs in intervocalic position as well: cf. OP a-draiya, Av. draiiaor OP bauvatiy, Av. bauuaiti.
Consequently, the spellings ii and uu in Avestan represent ii and uu , which
would in turn come from *i and *u , though they may also represent an original
sequence *ii/*uu : OAv. iit < *-iit < PIE *h1i-ih1-t (prev. + 3.sg.pres.act.opt.
of i go; cf. Skt. iya t); YAv. sraiiah- (comparative of srra- beautiful, excellent;
Skt. ryas- < IIr. *raiH-ias-); YAv. gauustriia- pertaining to the pasture, from
*gau -u striia-.
4. The phonetic development of some phonemes and sequences of sounds
has also produced non-etymological instances of ii and uu. One such example
is the assimilation of u to i in the sequences *-uu and *uu ai; these become
-uii by way of *-uu i : ahuii (dat.sg. of ahu-, Skt. su-), which comes from
*ahuii < *ahuu i < *ahuu < *ahu < *ahu ai, following the view presented
under 10.2.3.
Another source for uu is the development -b- > -uu-, which we find in YAv.
alongside the expected --: YAv. auui (also written aoui and aoi) and aii to,
towards alongside OAv. aib, Skt. abh; YAv. uiie (< *uu ai < *uai) alongside
OAv. ub; auuauuat (3.sg.impf.act.ind. of b < *aau at; also abauuat), etc.;
guruuaiia- (to grab seize), Skt. grbhy-, versus YAv. grniti or OAv. hgrabm (1.sg.aor.act.inj.); cf. further the ending of the inst.pl. in -uu < -u-i,
or, likewise, some dat.pl. forms such as nruii (to nar-), OAv. nrbii, Skt.
nrb hyas; YAv. asa uuaoii, OAv. asa uuabii (to asa uuan-). Careful examination
of this phenomenon allows for the establishment of a relative chronology: the
development -- > -u- took place in YAv. before i-epenthesis took place (thus
auui and not aiuui), but after the IIr. sequence *au i had become uui (i.e., u i;
cf. 7.8.2). This new outcome is not distinguished from old uu in its subsequent
development, as the already cited YAv. uiie (cf. above and 10.2.3), versus OAv.
ub, demonstrates.
5. From the combination of semivowels with various consonants (especially
when the consonant precedes the semivowel), a variety of articulatory changes
has taken place: *ni > under 5.2.4, 11.4; Ir. *cu > sp under 11.10.3; Ir. *ju > zb
under 11.14.2; Ir. *i > OAv. sii / YAv. s under 11.23.1; Ir. *hi- > x ii- under 11.28;
Ir. *-hi- > - h- under 11.29; Ir. *hu > xv under 11.30; *-hu > vh under 11.31; etc.
On the metathesis of u r, cf. 8.2.
11.2 The Liquid: r
1. The two realizations of the IIr. phoneme *r < PIE *r (together with that
originating from IIr. *l < PIE *l) have produced the same result in Avestan: both
come out as an r, though that deriving from syllabic *r is written as r (with
graphic variations).
24
chapter 2 phonology
For the realization as *r, cf., for example, Av. raa- chariot, Skt. rath-; Av.
vouru wide, Skt. ur- (cf. Gr. ); Av. raocah- light (cf. Skt. rcate shine
and Lat. lx); Av. +rarizaite (3.sg.pres.act.intens.ind. of riz lick), Skt. rrihat (cf.
1.sg.pres. Skt. rhmi and the younger lhmi), cf. further Modern Persian litan,
Gr. , and Lat. ling.
For the realization as *r , cf., for example, YAv. krta- (ppp. of kar make,
do), Skt. kr t-, OP k-r-t- (i.e., *kr ta- [krta-]); Av. rzu- straight (Skt. rj-);
Av. pru- broad, Skt. pr th-, Gr. < PIE *pl th2-. The is not usually
written following a t: trm (acc.sg. of tar- fire).
2. When the clusters rk and rp were immediately preceded by the Iranian
accent, the outcomes hrk and hrp, without anaptyxis, are found: YAv. mahrkadestruction (OAv. marka-, Skt. mrka- PN); YAv. vhrka- wolf (< *u rka-; cf.
Skt. vrk a-); YAv. khrp- figure, form, body (< *krp-). In contrast, under other
accentual conditions, the developments rk and rp, respectively, are found:
OAv. marka-c, Skt. mark- death, destruction. One commonly accepted theory proposes that a voiceless r underlies the graphic sequence hr of these forms.
3. Under the same conditions as in the preceding groups, the sequence rt
does not produce the expected sequence hrt, but rather s: Av. masi ia- man,
Skt. mrtiya-; OAv. amsa - immortal, Skt. amr t a-; psa n- battle, Skt. pr t an-.
This s was probably a voiceless lateral fricative, as some (Middle) Persian
borrowings from Avestan, in which hr/hl are written for s, seem to show.
4. The result of PIE *r H > Ir. *ar > Av. ar is not distinguished from the
sequence ar < PIE vowel + *r: OAv. darga- long, Skt. drgh- < PIE *dl h1gh(cf. Gr. ); fra-uuart (3.sg.aor.mid.inj. of var choose < *u l h1-t-; cf. Skt.
vr t).
11.3 Nasals: n, m
Nasals found in Avestan may be either etymological or may have emerged
from particular sound changes (cf. below 11.13). Depending upon the environment in which they are encountered, all the nasals also undergo minor
articulatory changes that are represented in writing through specific letters of
the Avestan alphabet. At times, the nasal phonemes disappear, though they
leave behind nasalization as a trace.
1. As a general rule, the PIE nasals *m and *n are preserved in Proto-IndoIranian: nmanm (gen.pl. of nman- name, Skt. na man-, Lat. nmen); nmahhomage, Skt. nmas-, cf. the Gr. neut. wooded pasture and Lat. nemus
forest; mraoiti (3.sg.pres.act.ind. of mr; Skt. brvti < *mlu H-ti; cf. Russian
molv remark, rumor).
2. Preceding an occlusive (t, d, k, g, c, j, [p], b), the nasals are usually represented with the letter : atar within (OP an-ta-ra, Skt. antr); spta- ben-
11 consonants
25
26
chapter 2 phonology
I
II
Indo-European
Indo-Iranian
Iranian
Avestan
Sanskrit
* * *h
*k *g *gh
*ku *gu *gu h
* *j *jh
* * *h
*c *j
* *
sz
cj
jh
cjh
11 consonants
27
11.9. Av. k continues both PIE *k and *ku : Av. k-ma- desire, Skt. ka ma-, cf. Lat.
crus, from the PIE root *keh2; the Av. neg.interr. kat, Skt. kd, Lat. quod < PIE
interr./indef. *ku od.
IE *k and *ku , when preceding a front vowel (e, i), developed to Ir. * > Av. c:
the Av. encl. particle ca , Skt. ca, Lat. que, Gr. (Mycenaean -qe) < PIE *ku e;
YAv. caxra- wheel, Skt. cakr-, Old English hweol, Gr. < PIE *ku ku lo-s;
YAv. pacata (3.sg.pres.mid.inj. of pac cook), Skt. pcata, cf. Lat. coqu (< *ku eku
< *peku ), Gr. (< *peku -ie/o-); cf. the synoptic chart under 11.7.
Within a paradigm where there was variation in vocalism on account of
ablaut (13.2) (such that the contact of velars would alternate between the PIE
vowels *e, *o (> Ir. a ) and the PIE resonants *n , *m , *r , *l) , a single variant of the
velar is sometimes generalized throughout the entire paradigm. For example,
the root *kar is found in the Avestan paradigm as kar/car, but Skt., however, has
generalized the variant kar throughout; cf. further 11.12.2.
11.10. Av. t comes from PIE *t, and Av. p comes from PIE *p: Av. ptar-, Skt. pitr-,
Lat. pater < PIE *ph2tr-.
1. t is lost before s (cf. 11.11.2), but is usually preserved following s/ (cf.
11.17.4). Note further the IIr. final sequences *-nt > IIr. *-n > Av. -n, and IIr. *-st
> -s: OAv. dadn (3.pl.pres.act.subj. of d; Skt. ddan); OAv. rriin (3.pl.pres.
act.subj. of rah); YAv. barn (3.pl.pres.act.inj. of bar < *bar-a-nt > Skt. bhran);
YAv. vidn (3.pl.pres.act.inj. of vid); OAv. dids (3.sg.pres.act.inj. of dh <
*didns-t); OAv. vs (3.sg.aor.act.inj. of van < IIr. *u n-s-t); Av. a s (3.sg.impf.
act.ind. of ah < IIr. *s-t > Skt. s a st).
2. t appears instead of t in word-final position after a vowel or r, as well as
in the YAv. sequence tb- = OAv. db- (11.14.1). The Avestan alphabet must have
been representing an unreleased occlusive using this t: prsat (3.sg.pres.act.inj.
of fras ask); buuat (3.sg.aor.act.subj. of b); conj. yt (Skt. ya d); ymat (abl.pl.
of the 2.pers.pron., Skt. yumd); xart (abl.sg.); OAv. crt (3.sg.aor.act.inj. of
kar < *kar-t). In the form tkaa-, the tk has arisen through the missegmentation of *aniiat.kaa- who has something different from the doctrine in YAv.
anii.tkaa-.
In forms such as OAv. yaogt < (3.sg.aor.act.inj. of yuj join < *ieu K-t),11 the
sequence -gt is not easy to interpret. It has been pointed out that in the cases
with the final sequence -gt, the t could serve as a sort of diacritic to indicate
word-final implosion. The other occlusive that is permitted word-finally is ,
11
In word-internal position, cf. OAv. hxta- (from hu + ppp. of vac; Skt. skt-); YAv. baxta(ppp. of baj apportion).
28
chapter 2 phonology
11 consonants
29
11.12. Iranian *g < PIE *g, *gh, *gu , and *gu h is found in (a) OAv. baga- portion,
YAv. baa-, Skt. bhga-; OAv. ugra- mighty, YAv. ura-, Skt. ugr-; YAv. agutatoe, Skt. aguh-; (b) OAv. darga- long, YAv. dara-, Skt. drgh-, Gr.
< PIE *dl h1gh-; YAv. mazga- marrow Skt. majjn-, OHG marg < PIE *mosgh-;
YAv. zaga- ankle, Skt. jgh-; (c) Av. gu (nom.sg. of gauu- cow), Skt. gu,
Gr. < PIE *gu eh3us; (d) Av. garma- heat, Skt. gharm- < PIE *gu hor-m-,
cf. Lat. formus, Gr. .
In YAv., (< g) is lost before u / uu: cf. YAv. druuat- versus OAv. drguuat-;
YAv. raom swift (acc.sg. < *raum), cf. Skt. raghm; YAv. Mourum, OP Margum
the country Margu. However, could be reintroduced through intraparadigmatic analogy: YAv. drim (acc.sg. of driu- poor) after driao (gen.sg.).
1. appears in final position in place of g, and is thus probably unreleased;
cf. 5.2.2. Besides t, is the only stop permitted in absolute auslaut. On the
relation to the other unreleased consonant, t, cf. 11.10.2 (end).
2. The same conditioning factors that caused Ir. * > Av. c ( 11.9) induce
Av. j (< Ir. * < PIE *g, *gh, *gu , and *gu h before the front vowels e, i): YAv. jiia
( 11.1.3), Skt. jiya < PIE *gu iHeh2 (cf. Gr. ); Av. jaiti (3.sg.pres.act.ind. of jan
beat, kill), Skt. hnti, cf. Gr. < PIE *gu hen; and especially OAv. aog versus
aojah from the s-stem aojah-, cf. Lat. gen-us (< *-os): gen-er-is (< *-es-es); cf.
the synoptic Table 3 under 11.7.
j is frequently extended throughout a paradigm, rather than alternating with
g: cf. the formations to the root gam < *gu em-, which usually appear in Avestan
with jam, whereas Sanskrit has generalized gam: cf. the Av. pres. stem ja-saversus Skt. g-cha-, both from *gu m -ske- (cf. impv. Gr. ).
11.13. Av. d comes from Ir. *d < PIE *d/dh: Av. dasa ten, Skt. da < PIE
*dem ; Av. dar hold: OAv. draiiat, Skt. dhar: dhryati. The merger of the
two Indo-European phonemes *d and *dh in Iranian resulted in an important
homonymy: Av. d give, place corresponds to both Skt. d give, Gr. , Lat.
d < PIE *deh3 and also Skt. dh place, Gr. , Lat. fc < PIE *dheh1 (though
they can be distinguished in a few instances, cf. 11.11.2).
Apart from the conditions formulated above ( 11.11), some further instances
in which the YAv. fricativization of d to is not found may be mentioned:
in reduplicated formations (dada, etc.), in compounds with preverbs
(vdauua-, etc.) on account of influence from the simplex; likewise, it does not
usually occur when the d is in contact with an r (arduu-, rduua-, xudra-,
varduua-), though lenited forms (ara-, ra-, bura-, vare, etc.) are not
rare.
In word-internal position, Ir. -dn- simplifies to Av. -n-: Av. bu na- depth,
ground, < *budna-, Skt. budhn-; Av. asna- near < *n sdno- (cf. the Skt.
30
chapter 2 phonology
comparative ndyas-, YAv. nazdii); xvana- melted < *su aidna-, cf. Skt.
svinn-.
In YAv., d in the word-initial cluster #dm becomes #nm: YAv. nmna- house,
but OAv. dmna- (Skt. ma na-).
11.14. PIE *b was a marginal phoneme, so much so that the correspondences
(and the words) that contain it are very scarce and controversial. The usual
source for Avestan b was the PIE voiced aspirate *bh (> Ir. *b > Av. b): YAv.
barn (3.pl.pres.act.inj. of bar), Skt. bhran, cf. OP abaran, Gr. , from the
PIE root *bher bear; OAv. aib to, towards, Skt. abh; YAv. upa.skabm pillar,
fra-scibana- beam, cf. Skt. skambh- support.
The phonetic development of certain clusters is a source of new, nonetymological instances of b: 1. in the word-intial cluster OAv. db- / YAv. tb-, originating from the sequence < *du i-: cf. OAv. daibi hate (with anaptyxis and
epenthesis; cf. daibit 3.pl.pres.act.ind.), YAv. tbi, Skt. dvi (cf. dvi), cf. Gr.
fearful. However, *du > OAv. duu: Av. duuaah- hostility, Skt. dvas-.
In YAv., one also finds b- as an outcome of the cluster *du i-: bitiia- second ver 2. The Ir. cluster *ju (< PIE *(h)u ) likewise
sus OAv. daibitiia- and Skt. dvitiya-.
becomes zb in Av. (and other Ir. dialects): zbaiieiti (3.sg.pres.act.ind. of z call;
Skt. hvyati < PIE *heu H ); zbarmna- (mid.part. to zbar move crookedly; cf.
Skt. hvrate < PIE *hu er).
3. In YAv., b fricativizes to and further to uu, following the formulation in 11.1.4, and the exceptions mentioned under 11.13 also apply: reduplicated formations (bbuuar, etc.) and compounds with preverbs (brtm,
etc.).
4. On the change of *u to after a dental stop, forms such as Av. rtarcreator versus Skt. tvar- may be adduced; see two further examples under
11.17.1.
11.15 Fricatives
Avestan possesses a series of voiceless fricative consonants, x, , and f, which
derive from Ir. *x, *, *f, resp. This series did not exist in Indo-Iranian, as it
developed during the Iranian period due to changes in certain sequences of
consonants. On the one hand, these fricatives come from voiceless stops when
they preceded another consonant, thus TC sequences; on the other hand, these
fricatives come out of the voiceless aspirates of Indo-Iranian, whose origin lies
in sequences of voiceless stop + laryngeal, thus *TH.
11.16. Av. x thus comes from of Ir. *x < PIE *k, *ku before C: Av. xratu-, Skt.
krtu-, cf. Gr. adj. ; YAv. huxratu-, Skt. sukrtu-; YAv. baxta- (ppp. to baj
11 consonants
31
apportion, with IIr. devoicing of *g to *k before a voiceless stop; but cf. 11.10.2.
and fn. 11 above), Skt. bhakt-; Av. haxman-, Skt. sakman-, from PIE *seku
follow. The same root may serve to demonstrate the development of Ir. *x from
Skt. skh (dat.sg.
the sequence *kH / *ku H: YAv. haxa follower (dat.sg. hase),
u
skhye) < PIE *sek h2-oi; cf. Lat. socius as well.
Some cases of non-etymological x, which have sporadically developed before -, may be noted: xn- < *n-: Av. xn- know, OP xn, Skt. j < IIr. *jn- <
PIE *n-; xuua six, Skt. .
On x and xv, cf. the paragraphs corresponding to the particular developments of the sibilant in 11.28 and 11.30, resp.
11.17. 1. Av. comes from Ir. * < PIE *t before C: YAv. raiias-ca three, Skt.
tryas, Lat. trs; car four, Skt. catva ras, Doric Gr. < PIE *ku tu or-es;
Av. m you (acc.sg.), Skt. tva m; Av. mriiiu-, Skt. mr ty-.
2. After x and f, Iranian has undergone voicing, becoming : OAv. vaxramouth (Skt. vaktr-); Av. uxa- word (Skt. ukth-); YAv. vauuaxa (2.sg.perf.
act.ind.; Skt. uvktha); fri (from ptar-); OAv. rafra- (from rap). On p, cf.
11.10.3.
3. In the same fashion, Av. comes out of Ir. * as the outcome of the
PIE sequence *tH: Av. pru-, Skt. pr th-, Gr. < PIE *pl th2-; Av. raachariot, Skt. rtha- < *rth2-o- (cf. Lat. rota < *roteh2). The inflection of the word
for path, YAv. pata beside Av. pa, is illustrative; cf. ch. 3, fn. 2.
4. In spite of regular fricativization, the original t is preserved in some cases:
following s (though the t is preserved in word-final position only if i or u precede
the st-clusterelsewise, the t disappears; cf. 11.10.1): OAv. astuuat- bone, cf.
Skt. asthanvnt-; YAv. gauustriia- < *u striia-; YAv. hastra- gathering, meeting from had sit, Skt. sattr-. In final position, cf. OAv. vs (3.sg.aor.act.inj.
< IIr. u nst to van); OAv. ss (to sad resemble), etc., but YAv. nist, mist
(3.sg.aor.act.inj. to nid insult and mi), OAv. uraost (3.sg.pluperf.act.inj. to rud
moan, wail).
t is also preserved after : fraaotra- PN (which contains the word utracamel, Skt. ra-); YAv. pitra- bruise (cf. the Skt. root pe crush, Lat. pns);
YAv. xtuua- sixth. In contrast to st-clusters, t also remains in word-final position after regardless of the preceding segment: OAv. tt, drt, cit (3.sg.aor.
act.inj. to ta fashion, dar, and ci, resp.). On the development of the cluster *ts
> Av. s, see 11.11.2.
11.18. Av. f comes out of Ir. *f < PIE *p before C: cf. the Av. preverb fra, Skt.
pr, Lat. pro; YAv. afnavhat- landowner, cf. Skt. pnas-, pnasvant-, PIE
*h2ep-nes-. p is preserved before t, but not in the sequence ptr; cf. 11.10.3.
32
chapter 2 phonology
One unexpected source of YAv. f is IIr. *bh in the word nfa- navel, cf. the
gathicism in YAv. nab-nazdita- close relative [i.e., the closest with respect to
the navel], Skt. na bh-ndiha-.
11.19 Sibilants: s, z, , s, s,
The PIE sibilant *s, in the course of its history going into Avestan, has
undergone various changes, which, in some cases, have profoundly altered its
nature. To the inherited s (along with the allophonic variants z and perhaps
?), other sibilants that have been created later are added. A list of the Avestan
sibilants with indications of their possible origins is given below.
11.20. Av. s arises from various sources. Firstly, 1. it comes from PIE *s > Ir.
*s when it occurred before a stop (or before the nasal n, but not before m, cf.
11.26.2): Av. skda- (probably Skt. skndha-); OAv. skiti- community (from
+hac; cf. Skt. a sk-ra-); OAv. scat (3.pl.aor.act.impv. to hac); Av. st stand (Skt.
sth, Gr. , Lat. st); Av. asti (3.sg.pres.act.ind. to ah; Skt. sti, Gr. ); OAv.
vast (3.sg.pres.mid.ind. to vah; Skt. vste); OAv. kas-n (nom.sg. of ka- + particle
n; see further OAv. k, Skt. ks); Av. ssn- lesson (cf. sh teach, Skt. s); Av.
sparz aspire to (Skt. sprh).
2. Av. s can also derive from an excrescent s inserted between two dentals
in the sequence *-tt- > *-tst- > -st- (cf. further 11.24.3): Av. ustna- stretched
(out) (Skt. uttn-); OAv. vist (2.sg.perf.act.ind. of vid; Skt. vttha; Gr. );
and, from the same root, vista- (ppp.; Skt. vitt-). For the change of *-tst- to -st-,
compare the outcome in other clusters such as *matsia - fish > YAv. masiiaversus Skt. mtsya-; cf. further Av. hs (pres.part.act. of ah to be) < IIr. *Hsant-s). An outcome -zd- arose in combination with a voiced aspirate plosive, cf.
11.11.2.
3. PIE * > IIr. * > Av. s: Av. dasa ten (Skt. da, Lat. decem, Lith. deim-ts
< PIE *dem ); YAv. satm hundred (Skt. atm, Lat. centum, Lith. im tas <
PIE *dm tm); Av. aspa- (Skt. va-; cf. 11.10.3); YAv. asman- stone, sky (Skt.
man-, Gr. ); YAv. sraiiah-, OAv. srata- (comparative and superl., resp.,
to srra-); Av. sru hear (Skt. rav, Gr. , Lat. clure); Av. sstar- master (Skt.
star-); Av. sh teach (Skt. s).
4. The PIE sequence *s developed to *s in IIr. (and in ruki environments
[11.20.5] in Ir. to *c), in Ir. to *sc, and finally, in Av., to s: YAv. jasaiti (3.sg.pres.
act.ind. to gam; Skt. gchati); Av. prsaite (3.sg.pres.mid.ind. of fras; Skt.
prchte < PIE *pr-se/o-; Lat. posc, precor).
5. A group of segments that affected PIE *s, inducing phonetic changes
probably already in the Indo-European period, makes up the so-called ruki
environment. This term refers to the group of phonemes i u r k (as well as
11 consonants
33
34
chapter 2 phonology
tion, s has frequently become confused with , and at times with s as well. The
origin of and examples for s are laid out in 11.2.3.
11.23. s is a palatal phoneme. 1. In the manuscript tradition, the interchange of
and s with s is often encountered, despite the fact that all of these phonemes
were distinct in the archetype. s comes out of Ir. *i, which became OAv. i > YAv.
OAv. siiaoana-,
s/:
YAv. (gathicism) siiaona(< *iau tna- Skt. cyautn-; cf.
PIE *kieu , Skt. cyav, Gr. ). In YAv., s does not occur followed by ii (i), which
is to say that the merger of and ii in a single phoneme s had already been
completed. However, in YAv., the manuscripts usually do not write the expected
12
Curiously, du before m was preserved as such, thus the tradition gives du-manah-. The
11 consonants
35
13
36
chapter 2 phonology
mnasi). As the examples make evident, h is preserved only before i and u, while
between other vowels it was nasalized and became h; 11.27.
2. The change to h may also be observed before m: Av. ahmi (1.sg.pres.act.ind.
to ah; Skt. smi, Gr. ); OAv. hm, YAv. ahma (acc.pl. 1.pers.pron.; Skt. asma n,
Aeol. Gr. ); Av. dahma- wonderful (Skt. dasm-); grhma- PN. The graphic
sequence hm in fact represents a voiceless m, which is also written as m in
the manuscripts; cf. 5.2.5. In initial position, h is lost before m: cf. mahi (Skt.
smsi), or the preposition mat with (Skt. smd).
3. Depending upon phonetic environment, the new h was preserved as such
(see above), or became the new phonemes h ( 11.27), x ( 11.28), h ( 11.29),
xv (11.30), vh (11.31), or simply .
The change of h to is exceptional and occurs solely before r word-medially.
In effect, the PIE sequence *-sr/l- becomes Avestan -r-: ara- evil (Skt. asr-);
dara- experienced (Skt. dasr-). Note that r also takes on other spellings in
the manuscript tradition: hr, gr (a hypergathicism; cf. 11.3.2). Word-initial
*sr- simplifies in OAv. to r-: rma- brutality (cf. Skt. srma- paralytic), but in
YAv. it seems to have become r-: YAv. raot (Skt. srtas-, but OP rautah-).
11.27. h arises from the sequence a ha > Av. aha: ahat (3.sg.pres.act.subj.
to ah; Skt. sat); OAv. manah (inst.sg. of manah-); OAv. nmah (inst.sg.
of nmah-); OAv. a har (3.pl.perf.ind. to ah Skt. sr). Due to intraparadigmatic pressure, it is not uncommon to find h extended to positions where it
would normally be impermissible: for example, from Ir. *vahu-, the following
paradigm results: nom.neut. voh, gen.sg. vahu (< *u ahau ), and a dat.sg.
vahauu, but also nom.sg.masc. vahu and acc.pl. vah-c. In YAv., h can
also come from IIr. *ns before a , and is equivalent to OAv. gh in this environment; cf. 7.9.3.
11.28. x is a secondary product of the new Iranian h. x is found in the wordinitial sequence #x ii- as the Av. reflex of Ir. *hi-: OAv. x iim, x iia , x iit (opt. of
ah; Skt. sya t), YAv. x iiaona- Name of a people. In word-internal position, Ir. *hi is
preserved in OAv., but yielded h in YAv. before a-vowels. Before u , we find x ii in
both varieties of Avestan. Examples: OAv. vahiiah- (comparative of vohu-; Skt.
vsyas-); ahii (2.sg.pres.act.impv. to 2ah throw; Skt. sya); the ending of the
thematic gen.sg. as in madahii (of mada- intoxicating drink); acc.sg. dax iim
country. YAv. hii- as, e.g., in mhiia- PN (Skt. msya-; cf. Av. mh- moon,
month), is found before a disyllabic suffix -i.ia- < IIr. *-i.Ha- belonging to.
Word-internally, OAv. has a variant -x ii- before an a-vowel, found mainly if
the following syllable is non-final or is a word-final closed syllable. The conditions are not completely clear, however. Examples include OAv. nmax iimah
11 consonants
37
14
In YAv., a case of preventive dissimilation in the acc.sg. and the gen.pl. of the stem da huis discernable: dax iim (also da haom) and dax iiunm. The presence of m has impeded
the development of the secondary nasal . A similar case presents itself in the gen. ahu,
nom. ahu ( *ahu), but acc. ahm or in vahu (analogical, cf. neut. vohu ): vahu, but
vohm, vohunm (Skt. vasnm).
chapter 3
Morphology
12
Introduction
In this large chapter, we will present the facts concerning nominal inflection, including sections dedicated to adjectives and their degrees of comparison, pronouns, and indeclinable words (prepositions and preverbs). Furthermore, verbal inflection and the formation of verbal stems will be discussed.
13
Nominal Inflection
40
chapter 3 morphology
respectively.1 At times, the root and suffix have a very tight bond, and the
whole consisting of root and suffix is then termed stem. Where the stem is
coextensive with the root, one speaks of a root noun. Finally, the word, as
is the usual practice for old Indo-European languages, receives endings that
situate that precise form within a case/number system (i.e., they place it within
a paradigm); likewise, the endings serve to establish syntactic and functional
relations with respect to other words within the sentence. On many occasions,
it is not possible to divide stem and ending clearly, in which case it is necessary
to speak of a non-segmentable ending, rather than a simple ending.
The usual manner of writing a root is to show it in the FG form with PIE *e,
which, in Avestan, is equivalent to the full grade a. That is to say, for example,
the root *men (Av. man) means think, or the root *u eku (Av. vac) means speak.
Meanwhile, stems are given with a following dash. Thus, for example, we have
the stem *u eku - (root noun) word (Av. vac- voice, Skt. va k-), or the present
stem *mn ie /o- think (Av. maiia-, Skt. mnya-) to the root *men; etc.
13.2 Accent and Ablaut
Attentive observation of the means of inflection in particular words reveals
two further morphologically relevant elements: the accent, and patterns of
vowel alternation (ablaut), which may have originally been bound up with
one another.
Little can be said about the place of the accent in Avestan, though some
phenomena due to the effects of the accent have been noted in the preceding
chapter. All things considered, those phenomena do not have significant implications. However, one characteristic feature of Indo-European (nominal and
verbal) morphology that has left a profound trace on the daughter languages
is the system of ablaut. Ablaut consists in the regulated change of particular
vowels (including ) within morphological elements, i.e., in roots, affixes, and
endings. Each one of these elements can take on various forms depending upon
the value of the ablauting vowel. The system of ablaut, as may be seen in the
Table 4 below, sets up an opposition, on the one hand, between the zero grade,
full grade, and lengthened grade, and on the other hand, in the corresponding
gradations, between e grade and o grade.
The relation between FG, LG, and ZG is termed quantitative ablaut, while
the relation betwen e grade and o grade is termed qualitative ablaut.
1 Cases in which an affix is contained within the root itself are referred to as infixes. IndoEuropean languages normally employ infixes only in the domain of verbal inflection.
13 nominal inflection
table 4
41
Ablaut in Indo-European
e Grade o Grade
e
o
42
table 5
nom.
voc.
acc.
gen.
abl.
dat.
inst.
loc.
chapter 3 morphology
The nominal endings in their Proto-Avestan form
Singular
neut.
m./f.
*-S, *-h, *-
*-
*-
*-(a)m
*-S, *-h, *-ah
*-(a)t
*-ai
*-(a)H
*-i
Dual
m./f. neut.
*-aH
Plural
m./f.
*-ah
*-iH
*-h
*-bi(m)
*-au
neut.
*-H, *-
mal evaluation of each distinct place in the paradigm. Keep in mind that the
endings given there are normally sufficient to distinguish a paradigmatic slot,
though possible variations in the stem or (infrequent) cases of heteroclisis must
be taken into account.
13.4 Endings
In the process of inflection, the stem is unified with the various endings, each
of which occupies a specific place in the paradigm. The number of endings
is limited and fairly small. In Avestan, the task of enumerating the endings is
rendered more difficult by the tradition, which has transmitted the text with a
markedly phonetic character, and as a consequence it is commonplace to find
that the endings have several allomorphs.
Given the impossibility of presenting a table that encompasses all of the allomorphs of every ending for the two dialects without losing the synoptic effect,
we have instead opted to present a general table with the Proto-Avestan endings, i.e., those endings that must necessarily underlie each one of the historically attested endings. Only the standard endings are included in Table 5, and
account is not taken of sandhi phenomena, which will be explained separately.
Likewise, the possible alternations in the stem itself, which will be detailed
below under each particular class, are not considered here. In some cases, the
use of archiphonemes is necessary: S or M, as well as the single laryngeal H,
which probably still existed in Proto-Avestan. Finally, for practical purposes,
realize that differences between Old and Young Avestan also appear in inflection, as, above all, in the quantity of word-final vowels, already mentioned
above (cf. 7.2): Old Avestan always has -, -, -, -, whereas Young Avestan
always has short vowels: -a, -i, -u, -e.
14
43
14.1. The nominative masc./fem., sometimes called animate, has two inflectional types. 1. The sigmatic type is more common and is characterized by the
addition of an -s to the stem, with allomorphs that occur in virtue of the phonetic environment (i.e., ruki, etc.). Root nouns, stems in -t, -t, -i, -u, -a, as
well as a few stems in -n, and isolated cases of r-stems, are all found in this
inflectional type. 2. The asigmatic type is less common than the preceding type,
and is characterized by a zero ending: -. This type includes some r-stems and
n-stems, as well as stems in - and -. Lengthened grade of the suffix occurs in
some of these classes.
14.2. The acc. masc./fem. has the ending -m (or -m).
14.3. The nominative/accusative neuter has, in contrast to nouns of animate
gender, the same form, with a zero ending. In a-stems (thematic stems), the
ending is -m.
14.4. The vocative of the singular is a case form with a zero ending. The voc.
of ablauting stems shows full grade of the suffix.
14.5. The genitive and ablative have identical forms in IIr. (and PIE) in all
inflectional types, with the exception of the thematic inflection, which has two
distinct forms.
1. OAv. preserves the older state, and exhibits an ending *-as (< PIE *-es),
which can undergo ablaut and thus be merely *-s (cf. esp. n-stems, 18.4). YAv.
has slightly modified this situation, and, taking the thematic inflection as its
model, formally differentiates the genitive and the ablative in all classes. The
YAv. gen. follows the old gen. in *-(a)s, while the YAv. abl. takes the ending
-t, adopted from the thematic inflection ( 19.1.6). To this new ending, the
postposition can be added, thus resulting in the YAv. ending -a a. On the
development and graphic representation of the ending *-as, cf. 7.9.4.
2. The thematic inflection has, in the gen., an ending OAv. -hii, YAv. -he,
deriving from *-sia (7.10.3), while an ending -at is employed in the ablative.
14.6. The dative has, in OAv., an ending -i, which corresponds to YAv. -e,
both deriving from Ir. *-ai < PIE *-ei. In some cases, the YAv. ending has been
introduced into OAv. (and gathicized) as -; cf. 7.11.1.
44
chapter 3 morphology
14.7. The instrumental has an ending -a , but in some inflectional classes seems
no longer to have any ending. This apparent lack of ending is due to the fact
that the old PIE ending *-h1 became *-H in Ir., and in word-final position was
lost without leaving any trace after a consonant or lengthening the preceding
vowel (but be aware of the situation regarding word-final vowels in Av. 7.2
and 13.4).
14.8. The locative is another case that has a zero ending (together with lengthened grade of the suffix). Other types of formations show an ending -i.
15
15.1. The nominative/accusative/vocative masc./fem. makes for a motley collection, which must be examined under each inflectional type. The PIE ending
that underlies the forms is usually reconstructed as *-h1. The Av. feminine forms
are set up as *-ih1.
15.2. The nominative/accusative/vocative neut. has an ending -i, which is
reconstructed as PIE *-ih1.
15.3. The dative/ablative/instrumental has -biia < Ir. *-bi as its ending. On
just a single stem, the ending -biim, identical to the Skt. -bhym, is found: YAv.
bruuat.biim eyebrows.
15.4. The genitive and locative have distinct endings in Iranian, in contrast
to the common endings that they share in Sanskrit. In effect, compared to the
usual ending in Skt., -o, Avestan exhibits, on the one hand, 1. a genitive ending
-a (< IIr. *-s), and on the other hand, 2. a locative ending -(uu) (< IIr. *-au ).
It is possible that the Sanskrit ending may have arisen as a blending of the two
IIr. case forms as continued in Avestan.
16
16.1. The nominative masc./fem. has -, whose reconstruction goes back to PIE
*-es, as its ending. Two other endings also exist. 1. An ending that is the product
of morphological recharacterization: -a h, which must have its origin in the
Indo-Iranian period: cf. Skt. -sas, OP -ha. 2. The thematic inflection has an
ending -a (in YAv., -a in polysyllables, but -- in the auslaut of disyllables before
45
the enclitic -ca), which must have been long in IIr., as is evident from -a in Skt.:
yuga yokes. This form could derive from the old ending of the collective, PIE
*-h2. The existence of an ending that results from the PIE contraction *-o+-es,
as is found in -s in Sanskrit, is not assured. One should note the fem.pl. of the
-stems: -a < IIr. *-s < PIE *-eh2-es.
16.2. The accusative masc./fem. has an ending -, deriving from Ir. *-as < PIE
*-n s. The thematic inflection takes the same ending, but according to the rules
of syllabification, the ending is realized after a vowel as PIE *-ns. The Ir. ending
*-a-ns becomes -g in OAv. and - or - in YAv.; cf. 7.9.3. In some cases,
particular phonetic developments have substantially disfigured the ending, cf.
7.17.7.
16.3. The nominative/accusative neuter has both 1. an ending -i and 2. a zero
ending with lengthened grade of the element preceding the ending, as a formal
characterization (cf., for example, 18.4). 3. The thematic inflection has an
ending -a in Av., which can be taken back to Ir. *-a-H. The underlying ending
is PIE *-h2 > IIr. *-H, which has either become -i, lengthened the vowel, or
disappeared.
16.4. The vocative pl. is formally identical to the nom.acc.pl., for both animate
and the neuter nouns.
16.5. The genitive has an ending -m, coming from *-m. The inflectional
classes ending in a vowel show an innovative ending -nm, made by analogy to
the n-stems. In contrast to the other Indo-Iranian languages, Avestan exhibits
a short stem vowel in these forms.
16.6. The dative/ablative has an ending -bii, which appears as -biias-ca before
an enclitic. This ending is equivalent to the Skt. -bhyas.
16.7. The instrumental has an ending -b, Skt. -bhi. In some very good
manuscripts, -bi is also found. In certain cases, special phonetic developments have substantially altered this ending, cf. 11.1.4. In contrast to the
other inflectional types, the thematic inflection shows an ending *-i, Skt.
-ais.
16.8. The locative exhibits assorted allomorphs for its ending, which all developed from the ending *-su, depending upon the environment in which it falls
(i.e., ruki, etc.): -u, -su, and -hu. Furthermore, the extension of the loc.pl.
46
chapter 3 morphology
through the addition of the postposition (just as in the loc.sg. and the abl.sg.)
is commonplace.
17
Inflectional Classes
18
Consonant Stems
47
18 consonant stems
table 6
nom.
voc.
acc.
gen.
abl.
dat.
inst.
loc.
Singular
neut.
m./f.
drux
nar
as-ca
pm
drj
drujat
sari ape
vrd apa
sair vsiia
m./f.
pa
Dual
neut.
asta-ca
nara
nrbiia
Plural
m./f.
neut.
p spas
asti
ap vs
apm vsm
aiii vibii
mazib vaibi
n
into which consonant stems may be divided are a. root nouns (with assorted
final consonants) and b. derived stems, which, in turn, include stems in -t
and -at, stems in -an, -man, and -uuan, stems in -ar, and stems in -ah and
-uuh/-u.
18.1 Root Nouns
Root nouns constitute an important and archaic class of nouns, characterized
by the fact that the stem is equal to the root. The final element of the stem is
a consonant (-c, -j, -t, -d, -, -p, -m, -n, -r, -z, -, -h), though some other stems
having a final vowel (-, -, -), which were originally consonantal (< *H), may
be included in this class as well.
The majority of these nouns belongs to the animate class (above all feminines), though some neuters are met with as well. Note further that a good
number of root nouns are the second members of compounds.
Words belonging to this class are: vac- m. voice, hac- following; druj- f.
lie; ast- neut. bone, brt- carrier, stt- f. praise; pa- m. path; pad- m.
foot, vrd- f. growth, zrd- neut. heart; ap- f. water, khrp- f. body; dam- m.
house, zam- f. earth, zim- m. winter, ham- m. summer; span- m. dog, janslayer; kar- who does X, -er, gar- f. greeting, nar- m. man, sar- f. union, starm. star; ns- f. wait, vs- f. tribe, village, spas- spy; drz- f. tether, binding,
brz- high, maz- great; - f. vigor; h- neut. mouth, mh- m. moon, month.
Some examples of root nouns terminating in a vowel are: d- f. delivery,
x- f. well, maz-d- m. Mazd, st standing; x- f. lament, j- with life, frpleasing; s- thriving.
N.B. The inflection of these stems is very similar, taken as a set, but at times
it shows some deviations, which may be the result of a special phonetic
48
chapter 3 morphology
18 consonant stems
49
brz; YAv. ma h, OAv. a h (Skt. ss). Vowel stems: Av. ta , mazda .6.
The abl.sg. is, in Old Av., identical to the genitive, but in Young Avestan, it has
replaced *-s/h by -t following the thematic inflection ( 19.16.): pat, zma t (also
zma); vsat; nat.7. The dat.sg. has as its ending (< PIE *-ei) OAv. -i and
YAv. -e, the latter reintroduced into OAv. as - ( 14.6): brte; ape (apa-cit);
ne (Skt. ghn), sne (Skt. ne); gair, nari (YAv. naire; Skt. nar), sari; vse
(Skt. vi), mazi. Vowel stems: ti, te; r-jiii.8. The inst.sg.: vaca (Skt.
vca ); zrd-c, paa; apa (Skt. apa ), khrpa; zm, hama; vsa (Skt. vi),
drz; OAv. a h (YAv. a ha; Skt. sa ).9. The loc.sg. has the ending -i, to
which the postposition can be added. In some cases, a locative with a zero
ending, but formally marked through ablaut, is detectable. Examples: pai;
khrpiia; dm (< *dm, YAv. dmi), zm (< *-ai; Skt. jmay-a , Gr. ) and zmi
(Skt. kmi); vsi (Skt. vii) and vsiia with postposition.
Dual: 10. The nom./acc./voc.du.: brta; pa, pa (Skt. a p); spna (Skt.
va n).11. The nom./acc./voc.neut.du.: asta-ca.12. The gen.du.: nara (Skt.
nr).13. The abl./dat./inst.du.: vaibii-ca; nrbiia.
Plural: 14. The nom.pl. has the ending - < *-as < PIE *-es. Although the
nom.pl. is considered a direct case while the acc.pl. is considered oblique, it is
not infrequent to find an acc.pl. that is formally a nom.pl. However, both cases
are clearly differentiated in those stems which show ablaut: vc; brt; p
(Skt. a pas); zm (Skt. ka mas), zim; jan (Skt. hnas), spn (Skt. va nas);
nar (Skt. nras); spas; ; ma h; vowel stems: xa , ta , patn; ratu-frii.
15. The acc.pl. has the ending - < *-as < PIE *-n s: vac; pa, pa. Among
labial-stem root nouns, the OAv. hapax ap (with FG as in Skt. aps) stands
out in contrast to YAv. p (with generalized LG), khrpas-ca; zmas-ca; jan
(Skt. ghns); gar, nr (Skt. nr n ); vs (Skt. vas), , ma h. Vowel stems:
yauuajii.16. The nom./acc./voc.neut.pl.: asti.17. The gen.pl.: astm,
pam; apm (Skt. apa m), khrpm; zmm-ca; nm, sunm (Skt. nm);
narm (Skt. nara m), strm-c (YAv. strm); vsm (Skt. visa m); vowel stems:
xm.18. The abl./dat.pl.: aiii (ap-; Skt. adbhys); nrbiias-c (Skt. nrb hyas)
as well as YAv. nrbii, nruii (11.1.4); vibii (Skt. vibhys), vibii (Skt.
vgbhys). Vowel stems: yauuajibii.19. The inst.pl.: azdib, padb (pa-),
garib, mazib, vaibi (Skt. vgbhi).20. The loc.pl.: vowel stems: ratufriu.
18.2 Stems in -t, -ac
Among the dental stems, there are some nouns with the suffixes -t- and -tt-,
used to create abstract nouns, such as amrtatt- f. immortality, hauruuattf. wholeness, perfection, yauuatt- f. eternity. Ablaut is found in the inflection of some nouns: cf. napt- m. grandson, and the directional adjectives in
50
chapter 3 morphology
*-anc,3 derived from adverbs, such as apa c- apart, fra c- forward, niia cdownward.
The inflection of these invariable stems can be inferred from Table 6 in 18.1.
The forms of napt- are nom.sg. napa (*napts), acc.sg. naptm, gen.sg. napt,
and loc.pl. nafu (*naptsu).
For the *ac-stems, the following forms may be adduced: nom.sg.m. ap <
*apa-ank-, fr, acc.sg. m. niia cim (with analogical *, cf. Skt. nycam), the
inst.sg. apca (Skt. apca), and the nom.pl.m. niia c.
18.3 Stems in -nt
This formant is found in the present active participle in -at, with an invariable stem in the case of thematic verbs: jasat- coming, jaiiiat- praying.
Athematic verbs, meanwhile, exhibit ablaut: surunuuat-/surunuuat- listening, ht-/hat- being. Possessive adjectives in -uuat-/-uuat- (IE *-u ent-/*-u nt-)
and -mat-/-mat- (IE *-ment-/*-mn t-), and some adjectives in -at, are to be
included here as well: brzat- high, OAv. drguuat-, YAv. druuat- wicked,
fumat- having cattle.
With regard to inflection, note that the athematic nom.sg.m. ends in - in
YAv., which must be explained from an ending *-as < IIr. *-at-s. In thematic
stems, the ending *-ant-s is reflected in YAv. as - (- when denasalized) and in
OAv. as -s. While YAv. - is the outcome of the phonetic development of IIr.
*-ans (cf. 7.9.3, 7.17.3, 19.1.16), OAv. -s reflects the analogical restitution of
the stem -ant from the oblique cases. Keep in mind that, in these stems, the
masc. and fem. nom.acc.sg. are considered direct cases (cf. 17), but the neut.
nom.acc.sg. inflects as an oblique case, cf. cuuat how much. In *-mant- and
*u ant-stems, analogy to the stems in -uuh/-u has induced the substitution of
the nom.sg. in *-u ant-s (e.g., cuus how much) by *-u s and *-ms (e.g., astuua
bone ( material), xratuma intelligent). Note similarly the voc.sg. druu <
*drugh-u as wicked.
18.4 Stems in -an, -man, -uuan, -in
The suffix -n-, originally individualizing in function, occurs directly affixed to
the verbal root (e.g., taan- shaper, creator, Skt. tkan-), but also in the compound suffixes *-man, *-u an, *-Han, or -in. The last two have possessive value
and almost always form adjectives. Some examples are caman- sight (Skt.
cak see), nman- name, asa uuan- truthful (from asa - order, truth), mrnknowing the mras (*mra-Han-), kainn- girl (*kani-Hn-), parnin- with
3 With the PIE suffix *-h3ku - looking towards; the nasal was introduced in Indo-Iranian.
18 consonant stems
51
feathers (from parna- feather), zruuan- time (from PIE *rh2-u en-, cf. Gr.
old man).
With the exception of the in-stems, all of these stems have an ablauting
inflection, which can considerably alter the appearance of the word. The
nom.sg. regularly has LG and loses the final nasal: OAv. uruu, YAv. uruua
spirit, kaine (Skt. kaniya ). The other direct cases show an alternation between
FG (acc.sg. asmanm sky, nom.pl. asa uuan) or LG (acc.sg. tanm, nom.pl.
martn mortals) as the result of Brugmann ( 7.4.6) or of *H.
The acc.sg.neut. has ZG (nma name). In the gen.sg., the endings *-n-as
(> -n) and *-an-s (> -g, -): OAv. mrn, YAv. tan; OAv. camg, YAv.
dmn ( *dm), zr (7.17.3). The abl.sg., besides the forms that are identical
to the gen., shows other innovative forms, such as YAv. camanat or barsmn
sacrificial straw, which exhibits the YAv. substitution of original *-an-s by *-ant > *-nt > -n. There are also ablaut variants in the nom.acc.pl.; furthermore,
a hypercharacterizing *-i may be found after the ending. Thus, the following
endings occur: -m < *-m (after labial consonants) *-n (cf. Skt. krm):
OAv. anafmm, dmm creatures (cf. 11.3.3); -ni (cf. Skt. krm): OAv.
afmn, YAv. cinmni desires (cf. the types such as OP taumani, Lat. nmina,
OCS imena); -an (originally dual? cf. Skt. du. krm): OAv. nmn names.
Note also that asa uuan- has a lengthened presuffixal vowel in some cases
(cf. Skt. r ta van-, OP rtv < *r ta uan-), especially in OAv.: gen.sg. OAv. as un
(*art-un-as) versus YAv. asa on (*arta-un-as; made by analogy to the short
vowel of the nom.), but voc.sg. YAv. as um (*art-un). As for stems in -in (cf.
Skt. hastn- with hands), the nom.sg. has - (from *-n), while the other case
forms show the regular stem in -in.
18.5 r-stems
This group is composed of kinship nouns in -(t)ar, nomina agentis in -tar, as
well as a few other isolated stems. Examples: pitar- father, mtar- mother,
brtar- brother, xvahar- sister, zaotar- priest (Skt. htar- pourer), narman, star- m. star, tar- neut. fire (on root nouns in -r, cf. 18.1).
The nom.sg. has LG and is asigmatic. The final *-r seems to have been lost
already in the IIr. period: xvaha, Skt. svs. The nom.sg. tar constitutes an
exception, both because it is a sigmatic nominative and because it has an
acc.sg. with ZG of the suffix, YAv. trm. In the animate nouns, the direct cases
show the same alternation between FG and LG of the suffix that is seen in the
n-stems, which can be attributed to the effects of Brugmann ( 7.4.6), e.g.,
pitarm versus dtrm. The two distinct forms of the gen.sg. in *-r-as and in
*-ar- (< *-r- > Skt. -ur), alongside the abl.sg. in *-t, nrt from the man, are
also found here. On the acc.pl. in *-r-n (nr s, str ), cf. 7.7.
52
chapter 3 morphology
4 This noun comes from PIE *seh2-ul-/*sh2-u en-, i.e., a heteroclite in -l/n-.
19 vowel stems
53
19
Vowel Stems
19.1 a-stems
This inflectional type is usually referred to as the thematic inflection, on
account of the fact that the stem ends with the thematic vowel -a- < PIE *-e/o-.
The thematic inflection is extremely common, and includes a large number of
masculine and neuter nouns, as well as adjectival forms in those genders. Some
masc. nouns belonging to this class are Av. ahura- lord, YAv. daxma- morgue,
Av. masi ia- mortal, Av. mra- formulation, yasna- sacrifice, YAv. vra- man,
Av. zasta- hand, YAv. haoma- haoma. Some neuters are Av. asa - truth (sg.
only), Av. uxa- word, Av. xara- dominion, power, Av. mira- contract; OAv.
siiaoana(YAv. siiaona-)
act, deed. Some adjectives are Av. aka- bad, Av.
amsa - immortal, Av. vspa- all, hauruua- whole.
The inflection of thematic nouns is significantly different from the inflection
of consonant stems, and it is common to find endings of pronominal origin.
Recall that the inflection of neuters differs only in the nom./acc., and is identical to the masculine in all other case forms.
N.B.: Singular: 1. The nom.sg. was OAv. - (< *-ah < *-as; cf. 7.9.4, 7.13.1), but
in YAv. this ending further developed into . When followed by an enclitic,
the older form of the nom.sg. is preserved in both varieties: kas-cit , gaiias-c,
yas-ca , yasnas-ca, etc.2. The voc.sg.m/n. has an ending -a : OAv. ahur, YAv.
ahura (Skt. asura); neut. OAv. as .3. The acc.sg. has the ending -m in YAv.
The original form of the OAv. ending is -m, which came to be replaced by
-m in many instances: cf. doublets such as OAv. dm and dm-ca (to
54
table 7
chapter 3 morphology
The inflection of a-stems
Singular
Dual
Plural
neut.
m./f.
neut.
m./f.
neut.
m./f.
nom. ahur
ahura h masi ia
voc.
ahura
siiaoani
ux
as m
ahura
acc.
ahurm
saite
masi ig
xara
mas m
zast haom
inst.
ahura
siiaoni
loc.
yesne
zastaii
vspa daxmauua
the adj. da- suitable), OAv. partm, YAv. partm (ppp. to fras ask). On the
other hand, the vowel of the ending could undergo complete assimilation and
contraction when in contact with a preceding i ( 7.14.4) or u ( 7.16.1), i.e., -iim
> -m: OAv. paouruum (YAv. paoirm; cf. 8.2.), Av. mas m, Av. yesnm (but cf.
aniim, acc.sg.m of aniia-); or in turn -uum > -u m: YAv. haurm, YAv. riu m,
YAv. drm. As part of this particular development, account must be taken
of the endings -aiam and -au am themselves (cf. 10.1.2, 10.3.3, resp.): gam
(acc.sg. of gaiia- life; Skt. gyam); YAv. graom (acc.sg. of grauua- cane); similarly, of the endings -iam and -u am (cf. 10.5.2, 10.6.2, resp.): OAv. humm
(acc.sg. of humiia-), YAv. nasum (acc.sg. of nasu- cadaver < *nasu m).
4. The nom./acc.neut is formally identical to the acc.sg.masc., and thus is
unique within the paradigm, since it bears a formal mark of its gender.5.
The gen.sg. derives from a PIE ending *-osio > IIr. *-asia > Ir. -ahia, which has
its regular outcome in OAv. as -ahii and in YAv. as -ahe ( 7.10.3). On the OAv.
change experienced by the gen. ending before an enclitic, cf. 11.28: asa hii,
sptahii versus asa x ii-c, spntax ii-c.6. The abl.sg. is distinct from the
gen.sg. only in the thematic inflection, while in all other inflectional types,
both cases exhibit the same form. OAv. has preserved this distinction, with
an abl.sg. ending -t, which is identical to Skt. -t: Av. drt from afar, Skt.
dra t. YAv. also possesses the abl. ending -t, but note that this ending has
been analogically extended to other inflectional classes in YAv.; cf. 18.1.6,
19.2.5, 19.3.5, etc. Preceding the enclitic ca , the abl.sg. ending appears as -at-ca
in the majority of cases. The fact that this development does not occur preceding the enclitic cit (as tct, ahmtcit, atahmtcit) suggests that -at-ca
arose from an effort to distinguish it in pronunciation from the ending --c.
In many cases, a shortening is observable in YAv. of -t preceding the preposi-
19 vowel stems
55
tion haca: the two would form a single word, and shortening of the antepenultimate syllable would result (cf. 7.3.1): nmnat haca, vhrkat haca, sptat
haca.7. The dat.sg. has the ending -i (< *-i < *-o+ei) and exhibits slight
dialectal variation. For its part, the OAv. ending can have an enlargement in
(which is not the postposition that commonly appears in the loc.; cf. 16.8,
and below 9 and 21): ahuri. (from *ahurii, later separated during transmission), ytii (to yta- prayer; cf. further ch. 2, fn. 5). Similarly, in Sanskrit,
the ending -ya occurs; it must be connected with the OAv. forms. Meanwhile,
YAv. shows only the ending -i.8. The inst.sg. has the appearance of a zero
ending, on account of the fact that the PIE ending *-h1 becomes IIr. *-H, and
in Avestan the length of word-final vowels is subject to phonological conditions depending upon the variety (7.2).9. The loc.sg. had, in the thematic
inflection, an ending -i, which fused with the thematic vowel: PIE *-oi > IIr. *ai: cf. Gr. versus nom.pl. . This ending has various outcomes in Av.:
-e, which comes from IIr. *-ai < *-o-ih1: OAv. siiaoani,
YAv. saite, hazare (Skt.
at, sahsre), (f.) uiie (Skt. fem./neut. ubh 10.2.3).12. The gen.du. has an
ending -aiia < *-ai-s, similar to Skt. -ay-o < *-ai-au , but in both the gen.du.
and the loc.du., Avestan very likely has archaic endings which have been leveled
into a single form in Skt.: OAv. saiia (to sa- part; Skt. m sayo); rnaiia (to
rna- ?); YAv. diraiia , vraiia ; meanwhile13. the loc.du. has an ending -aii
< -ai-au : OAv. zastaii, ubii (Skt. hstayo, ubhyo), YAv. +uuaii.14. The
abl./dat./inst.du. comes out of an ending *-aibi > OAv. -ibii, YAv. -aibiia:
zastibii (Skt. hstbhym), ubibii (Skt. ubha bhym), rnibii, aspaibiia,
gaoaibiia (and gaoae), maaibiia. We also find the ending -biia in YAv.
pnbiia, dirbiia.
Plural: 15. The nom./voc.pl. of the thematic inflection in Avestan cannot,
as in other IE languages, be derived from an ending *-s < *-o+es, but rather
must be related to forms of the type Lat. locus (pl. loca), that is to say, reflect
an old collective ending *- < *-eh2: Av. masi ia . The IIr. ending *-s < PIE
*-o+es would have given -a in Av. (cf. 7.5.2), but its presence in the texts
cannot be ascertained. Nevertheless, a recharacterized ending -a h < *-sas
(> OP -ha), similar to Skt. -sas, can be found in various instances: OAv.
56
chapter 3 morphology
57
19 vowel stems
table 8
nom.
voc.
acc.
gen.
abl.
dat.
inst.
loc.
Singular
dana
dane
danm
danaiia
danaiit
danaiii
dana danaiia
gruuaiia
Dual
Plural
ub
uruuaire
gaa
uruuaraiia
gaanm
vbiia
(= gen.du.)
gabii gauuii
gab
gah gahuua
N.B.: Singular: 1. The nom.sg. has a zero ending and thus terminates in -a ,
depending on the dialect (cf. 7.2). Comparison with other languages (Skt., OP,
Gr.) yields the reconstruction *- < *-eh2.2. The acc.sg. has an ending -m <
*-m; cf. 7.6.2.3. The voc.sg. of this inflectional class reflects an IIr. ending
*-ai (Skt. -e): uruuaire (cf. Skt. ave). However, in contrast to this diphthongal
ending in IIr., other languages show forms in -: Gr. , , Umbr. tursa
(nom. -o), which should not be compared to certain Av. forms in -a in which
the nom. performs the functions of the voc. Originally, the voc. was probably
a case with a zero ending; in some languages (cf. above), it may be seen that,
in this case form, the laryngeal disappeared, leaving behind coloration as its
only trace; cf. further stems in - (19.3.3).4. The gen.sg. has an ending -aiia
< *-is, similar to the ending of other Iranian languages that also share the
--, versus other endings such as those of OP in -y and those of Skt. in
-ys. We suppose that the -- has been extended from the inst.sg. in -aii (cf.
below and also 7.3.2). Other languages present an ending that comes from
PIE *-eh2-es: cf. Dor. Gr. , etc., and traces in Lat. familis, uis, Umbr. tutas
city.5. The abl.sg. is identical to the gen.sg., but YAv. has adopted, just as in
other inflectional classes, an ending -aii-t formed after the thematic inflection
(19.1.6): uruuaraiit, zaoraiit.6. The dat.sg. has an ending -aiii < *-ii
(on the --, cf. the gen.sg.), comparable to -yai of Skt.: srya yai, etc. Examples
from other languages, such as Gr. , Lat. uiae, or Oscan deva allow for the
reconstruction of an ending *-i < *-eh2-ei.7. The inst.sg. has two forms: one,
danaiia , agrees with the corresponding Skt. forms in -ay (and which, as has
been mentioned, serves as a model for some oblique cases of the paradigm),
and the other, dana , formed with just the pure stem plus the ending. Skt. also
possesses both endings: jihva and jihvy; the forms in -ay are more common.
Dual: 8. The nom./acc./voc.du. has an ending -e, equivalent to Skt. -e:
ubh both, pre cheeks. It is usually reconstructed as PIE *-eh2-ih1.9. The
58
chapter 3 morphology
59
19 vowel stems
table 9
nom.
voc.
acc.
gen.
abl.
dat.
inst.
loc.
Singular
asa oni
asa oni
asa onm
asa oniia
(YAv. barriit)
asa oniii
vaviia
Dual
Plural
az
asa on
asa oninm
asa onibii
xariu barriuua
N.B. Not all case forms are attested, for which reason there are gaps in the
chart above. In the following notes, correspondences with Skt. will be indicated
systematically.
Singular: 1. The nom.sg. has a zero ending, and so terminates in -i, depending
upon the dialect ( 7.2). Comparison with other languages (Skt. -, Gr. -) allows
for the reconstruction of an ending *- < PIE *-ih2; cf. Skt. devi.2.
The acc.sg.
which must go back to *-m < *-ih2-m.63. The
has an ending -m, cf. Skt. devim,
voc.sg. terminates in -i, from which one cannot tell whether it is the original
voc. form or rather nom. pro voc. Skt. shows an ending -i: dvi << PIE *-ih2;
on the loss of the laryngeal, cf. 19.2.3.4. The gen.sg. has an ending -iia <
*-is < PIE *-ieh2-s; cf. Skt. devya s.5. The abl.sg. has, in YAv., an ending -iit,
remodeled by analogy after the thematic declension ( 19.1.6). In OAv. (and in
the rest of the IE languages), it is identical to the genitive (cf. above).6. The
dat.sg. has an ending -iii, which can be taken back to *-i < PIE *-ieh2-ei; cf.
Skt. devyi.7. The inst.sg. has an ending -iia ; cf. Skt. devya (< PIE *-ieh2-h1,
with ZG?)8. The loc.sg. is devya m in Skt.
Dual: 9. The nom./acc./voc.du. has an ending in -i; cf. Skt. devi. The du. is
not well attested in Avestan. Skt. has dv for the voc.du., devibhym
for the
dat./abl.du., and devys for the gen./loc.du.
Its reconPlural: 10. The nom./voc.pl. shows an ending -; cf. Skt. devi.
struction is disputed, because the expected ending, parallel to the ending
reconstructed for the --declension, would have been PIE *-ieh2-es (or *-ih2-es),
whereas - can only go back to IIr. **-iHs. The case ending here has probably
been subject to influence from the corresponding ending of the --inflection.
6 In some other languages, however, there are also indications of a FG *-ieh2m, cf. Goth. mauja
to mawi.
60
chapter 3 morphology
on the
11. The gen.pl. shows an ending -inm, with --, versus Skt. devinm;
vowel shortening, see the ending -anm of the -stems with -- (on this change,
cf. 19.2.12). The form vavhnm owes its -- to the preceding labial glide, vh
(7.15.1). The same takes place in the12. abl./dat.pl. form vavhbii, which
19 vowel stems
table 10
61
Singular
Dual
Plural
nom.
asi
xratu
asa ii
xratauu
voc.
paite
maii
paiti maii rzu
acc.
as m
xratm
neut. ai vavhi
gair
xrat
nom.acc.neut. biri
vohu
r
voh
gen.
as i
xrat u asi uua
maiuua
gairinm vohunm
abl.
garit
xrataot
gairibii da hubii
dat.
axtiii vahauue aibiia
ahubiia
inst.
as
xrat
loc.
gara
vahu
ahuu
vahuu
62
chapter 3 morphology
or hase (to haxai-), with absorption of the *i by the preceding fricative.7. The
inst.sg., in general, comes out of *-i-H; the HD ending, *-i-aH, is found only in
hasa from *hax-i-.8. The loc.sg. has a zero ending LG of the suffix; its *-
corresponds to the Skt. forms in -, and again attests to the loss of *i in the PIE
sequence *-i#/-i#.
Dual: 9. The nom./acc./voc.du in -i (arapaiti) goes back to IIr. *-, though
haxaiia shows FG in the suffix, which could be based on a LG; cf. Skt. skhy.
10. The nom./acc./voc.neut.du. likewise shows *-: ui two ears, ai two
eyes.11. The gen.du. shows the ending *-s in OAv. haxtiia .12. The
abl./dat./inst.du. shows the usual *bhi: uibiia and aibiia.
Plural: 13. The nom./voc.pl. in -aii has FG of the suffix and the proper
ending for the case, inherited from PIE.14. The acc.pl., coming from PIE
*-in-s, preserves a trace of nasalization of the *i in the ending -.15. The
nom./acc./voc.neut.pl. has an ending -i and comes from PIE *-i-h2.16. The
gen.pl. has taken -nm as its ending from the n-stems, just as was done in Skt.,
but without lengthening the stem vowel (or rather, shortening it, following
19.1.18?): YAv. gairinm from the mountains versus Skt. -nm. However, there
are some forms that reflect the expected PIE ending *-i-om: Av. kaoiim from
from *saxim (cf. Lat. marium, Gr. ). In Av., the long
*kau -i-m, hasm
vowel proper to the a-stems has been introduced.17. The abl./dat.pl. ends in
the familiar -bii.
As for the u-stems: Avestan has regularized the paradigms in favor of the
proterodynamic type (cf. 17), though some traces of the old distribution of
HD and PD stems, which will be indicated immediately below, still remain. On
the neuters, cf. 19.5.39ff.
Singular: 18. The nom.sg. has the ending *-s: xratu, prtu; cf. Skt. krtu.
The nom.sg. bzu (in compounds) shows a nom. with lengthened grade
(HD) < PIE *u -, in contrast to the simplex bzu. The nom.sg. of gauu- is
gu (Skt. gu).19. The voc.sg. has an ending -uu < IIr. *-au : rzuu
straight, but maii preserves, in all probability, the intermediate stage -, in
virtue of the preceding ii (10.3.4).20. The acc.sg. lengthens the *u before
the -m: ahm, dax iim (cf. Skt. dsyum). Forms with FG and LG of the suffix
also exist: da haom to *dasiau am, nasum < *nasu am. In YAv. texts, dax iim
and da haom are used without any apparent semantic distinction.21. The
nom./acc.neut. has a zero ending: vohu (OAv. vohu-c); cf. Skt. vsu22. The
gen.sg. in IIr., *-au - (10.4), takes the form -u in OAv.: dax iiu; meanwhile,
in YAv., it takes the form -ao: ranao. In some cases, it appears that YAv.
forms have been introduced into OAv.: rzao, parao, mriiao. Opposite
these PD endings, some HD forms in -uu (< *-u -as) are found: YAv. rzuu
19 vowel stems
63
64
chapter 3 morphology
20
The Adjective
20 the adjective
65
2. The second type is formed using a pair of secondary suffixes coming from
IIr. *-tara- and *-tama- (cf. Gr. : - -), the origin of
which seems to lie in formations having oppositional or contrastive function. In
effect, the PIE suffix *-tero- served to express the notion of a binary opposition,
first with adverbs and pronouns: cf. Gr. before, Skt. ttara- above,
Skt. katar- and Gr. which (of two)?. Later, the use of this suffix was
extended to other nominal classes as well. In the same fashion, the suffix *-tama
was also first used with adverbs, cf. Skt. ntama- that which is nearest, Lat.
intimus, Skt. katam- which (of several)?.
This second type of of adjectival comparison is the only one that has continued to be productive beyond Proto-Avestan. The suffixes are appended to
the stem (i.e., they are secondary), and are even found attached to compounds:
a.aojastara- stronger, from a.aojah- with much force; vrrajstma- most
victorious (from vrra-jan- destroying the obstacle).
20.2 Pronominalized Adjectives
The semantic proximity of some adjectives to the pronouns induced these
adjectives to partially adopt some endings from the pronouns. This phenomenon is not unknown in other Indo-European languages: cf. Lat. gen.sg. ullus,
dat.sg. ull. This formal reshaping must have taken place already in part during the Indo-Iranian period, judging from various forms of the m./n. plural of
a-stems (cf. 19.1), such as IIr. *-aibhias and *-aiu, with correspondents in Sanskrit, Avestan, and Old Persian. Beyond these forms, this phenomenon is found
to be much less extensive in Avestan than in Sanskrit.
The forms that we find are as follows: dat.sg.m/n. YAv. aiiahmi for the
other (Skt. anysmai); vspmi for all, and YAv. +vspmi ( 5.2.5, 7.9.2; Skt.
vvasmai; the nominal form vspi is also found); the nom.pl.m. YAv. aiie (Skt.
any), vspe (Skt. vve), versus OAv. vspa h; the gen.pl. YAv. aiiam (Skt.
anym), YAv. vspam (Skt. vvem), versus Av. vspanm. Some pronominalized forms of the numeral auua- one are likewise evident: loc.sg.m. auuahmi (see Skt. kasmin), gen.sg.f. auua ha (see Skt. kasys).
66
chapter 3 morphology
table 11
Numerals
Cardinals
auuaduuari-, tircaar-, catarpaca
xuua
hapta
ata
nauua
dasa
21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Ordinals
Cardinals
duua.dasa
vsaitirissas, risatcaarsatpacsatxuuatihaptitiatitinauuaitisata-
Ordinals
12 duuadasa20 vsstma30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 sattma-
Numerals
7 This is the only Av. form with initial uu-, because *u - always becomes v- (11.1.2). The manuscripts often show va, v, auua.
21 numerals
67
(Skt. ubh; cf. 10.2.3); inst.dat.abl.m. OAv. ubibii, YAv. duuaibiia (Skt.
dva bhym), uuaibiia (Skt. ubha bhym); gen.m. duuaiia , uuaiia ; loc.m. OAv.
ubii, YAv. +uuaii (Skt. ubhyo).
3 has a stem ri- for the masculine and neuter, but tir- for the feminine,
just as with Skt. tri- and tisr-. This divison goes back to PIE, to judge from
OIr. toir < *tisres. In the other IE languages, the feminine stem is completely
lost. The forms attested in Avestan are: nom.m. rii, raiias-ca (Skt. tryas;
note the of the Av. versus the short a of the Skt. Perhaps Av. has taken this
derives from PIE *trins. The
from the number 4). The acc.m. r (Skt. trin)
YAv. nom.acc.neut. r (cf. 7.2.; Skt. tri) derives from PIE *tri-h2. The inst.m. is
ribii (Skt. inst. tribh, dat. tribhys). The gen.m. exhibits two forms, raiim
and riim, though it is difficult to know which is the original, given that Skt.
tra m offers no help. The feminine possesses a nom. rii (originally masc.),
the acc. tir (Skt. tisrs) and the gen. tirm.
4 possesses two stems that depend upon gender. The masculine and neuter
are formed from a stem caar-/catur-, while the feminine is built to a stem
catar-. The nom.masc. is car, with resulting from Brugmann ( 7.4.6),
just like Skt. catva ras; with an enclitic, a shortened vowel is found, thus
caaras-ca, following 7.3.1. The acc.m. catur shows an ending introduced
from the thematic nouns in -a (Skt. catras). The same has happened with the
nom.acc.neut. catura, but not with the gen. caturm. The feminine of 4 also
carried a formant *-sr-, like that of 3, whence YAv. acc. catar from IIr. *tasras (Skt. ctasras). As was already mentioned above, these forms can go back
to PIE, to judge from the OIr. continuant cethoir < *ku etesr-.
The cardinal numbers 5 through 19 were originally indeclinable, but there
are nevertheless forms of the gen. attested for 5, 9, and 10: pacanm (Skt.
pacna m), nauuanm (Skt. navna m), dasanm. The form pac-ca in
pacca vsaiti- 25 has secondary (cf. 16.1.2) opposite the regular nauuaca
nauuaiti- 99. These forms correspond exactly to their Skt. equivalents. Note
that the initial x- in xuua 6 results from the secondary prothesis of x- onto
an initial cluster of plus consonant (cf. 11.16). Of the numbers from 11 to 19,
only duuadasa 12 and pacadasa 15 are attested as cardinal numbers; the rest
appear only as ordinals.
The decads inflect as follows: the decads from 20 to 50 behave as -antstems, while those from 60 to 90 are abstracts in -ti. 20 corresponds to Skt.
vim at- (with secondary nasal), from *vi-ati- < PIE *du i-dm t-i two decads.
For 30, we have the nom.m. riss, which continues the PIE form *tri(h2)domt- (Gr. , OIr. tricho), the nom.acc.neut. risatm, and the gen.
risatanm, which point to a secondary thematization of the oblique stem
*risat-, retained in risaat- 30 times. Another athematic form occurs in
68
chapter 3 morphology
pacsatb-ca, the inst. of 50, the long of which calls for comment. Both
this form and Skt. pac-t show lengthening of an *e following the loss of
a preconsonantal *d, proceeding from PIE *penku e-dm t-. The long vowel of
haptiti- and atiti-, which the Skt. forms saptat- and at- lack, may be due
to the form of 80, if it was built off the simplex 8 (Gr. ; PIE *h3etohx), i.e.,
from IIr. *ataH-ti-.
The numbers sata- hundred and hazara- thousand inflect as a-stems, but
bauuar ten thousand inflects as a neuter r/n-stem. Av. sata- is equivalent to
Skt. ata- and to forms in other IE languages that allow for the reconstruction
of a PIE *m t- from *dm t-- (the) tenth (decad). It is notable that a form
for 1000 cannot be reconstructed for PIE, but Av. hazara-, as well as Skt.
sahsra-, do contain an IIr. element *-hasra- < PIE *sm -heslo- (cf. Lat. mlle <
*smih2-heslih2), which can be compared with Gr. (Ionic) , (Aeolic)
thousand < *hesliio-.
21.2 Ordinal Numbers
For first, fratma-, the original sense of which was the foremost (cf. Skt.
pratham-), and which was a superlative to fra forth, in front, is used. First
in the temporal sense was *pr Hu - in IIr. (derived from PIE *prh2s before);
cf. Skt. pu rva-, Av. pauruua- previous. The suffix *-ia- was added to this stem
already in (Proto)-Iranian: *pr Hu ia -, which results in Av. paoiriia- (cf. 8.2).
Second was IIr. *du i-tiia-, which gave OAv. /dbitiia-/, written daibitiia The same formation
(11.13), and, with loss of d-, YAv. bitiia-; cf. Skt. dvitiyais encountered in ritiia- third, starting from a stem rita- (cf. Gr. ; a dif
which is also found in names. The Av. form tiriiaferent stem in Skt. tr tiya-),
fourth < IIr. *ktur-()ia- < PIE *ku tur, with ZG of the root, had already lost the
but the k- is retained in Av. xtirm
*k- in IIr. times, judging from Skt. turiya-,
four times < *-kturiam. Av. puxa- fifth seems to be a product of an earlier *paxa- (Skt. pakth-), also with ZG in contrast to paca 5, which would
have taken the -u- from *turia- fourth and from a supposed *xuta- sixth, the
actually attested form of which, xtuua-, lacks a definitive explanation.
The ordinals from seventh to tenth correspond exactly to their respective forms in Skt., and exhibit incipient generalization of the IIr. suffix *-m< PIE *-m-, which would become very productive in the later Iranian languages: 7th: Av. haptaa- (Skt. sapttha-); 8th: YAv. atma- (Skt. aam-);
9th: YAv. naoma- (Skt. navam-); 10th: Av. dasma- (Skt. daam-). Meanwhile, eleventh to nineteenth are formed with the same simple thematic
inflection of the cardinal numbers, thus auuadasa- 11th, duuadasa- 12th,
ridasa- 13th, carudasa- 14th, etc. The form vsstma- twentieth apparently
substitutes an earlier *vsastma- (from vsat-tama, cf. 11.20.2), which already
22 pronouns
69
shows the suffix *-tama-, used also in sattma- hundredth and hazartmathousandth.
The form of the acc.sg.neut. of ordinals can serve as a temporal adverb, thus
paoirm for the first time or firstly, bitm for the second time, though the
dat.sg.neut. is also used for this expression, thus paoiriii, bitiii.
21.3 Multiplicatives
For once, hakrt, a form identical to Skt. sakr t , is used. In both forms, the prefix
sa- reflects *sm - (ZG of PIE *sem- one, united, cf. Gr. - once, one).
Other multiplicatives are built by adding a suffix -s after the stem in the ZG:
bi twice, ri thrice, caru four times, and xuua six times. For numbers
greater than six, adjectives with a suffix *-u ant- are formed, thus vsaitiuuattwenty times, risaat- thirty times, etc. It seems that this same suffix was
likewise used for the forms found in late texts, biuuat twice and riuuat
thrice, from bi and ri.
21.4 Fractions
Half is expressed by ara- (Skt. ardh-) or nama- (Skt. nma-). For the
formation of other fractions, a suffix *-su a-, which is attested in Avestan and
Old Persian, comes into play. This suffix developed from a metanalysis *s-u a-,
beginning from one third and one fourth: riuua- neut. one third (OP
*iuva-) < *tr-u a-, cf. Gr. fig leaf, and neut. riat- id. is also found;
caruuua- one fourth (OP *auuva-) < *catru-u a-; the form patahuuaone fifth is unexpected in comparison to OP *panauva- < *panca-hu a-; we also
find haptahuua- one seventh and atahuua- one eighth (OP *atauva-).
22
Pronouns
70
table 12
chapter 3 morphology
The pronominal endings in their Proto-Iranian form
Singular
Dual
Plural
fem.
masc./neut. fem. masc./neut.
fem.
masc./neut.
nom. *-, *-h, *-
*-, *-H, *-ai
*-ai *-ai
*-t
*-H
*-H
*-h
acc.
-(a)m
*-m
*-anh
gen.
*-hia
*-hih
*-ih
*-aim
*-hm
abl.
*-hmt
*-hit
*-aibiah
*-biah
dat.
*-hmi
*-hii
inst.
*-n, *-
*-ia
*-ibi
*-ai, *-aibi *-bi
loc.
*-hmi
*-hi
-aiu
*-hu
abstract a concrete morpheme from the evidence, the box in the table has been
left empty. The personal pronouns must be considered separately.
22.1 Personal Pronouns
Personal pronouns are characterized by suppletion and lack of grammatical
gender from the Indo-European period forward. In Table 13, the attested forms
of both stressed and enclitic personal pronouns are given.
N.B. for accented pronouns:
, which agrees with Skt. ahm and OP adam.
1. The 1st.sg. has a nom.sg. azm
A hapax as-ct, of doubtful interpretation, is also known. The rest of the forms
are built from a stem *ma-: YAv. acc. mm (OP mm, Skt. ma m); the abl. *-d (Skt.
md); the gen. *-na (OP man, OCS mene); the dat. *-bhia (cf. Skt. mhyam);
YAv. muuiia < *maiia, cf. 7.4.2, 9.2.4, 11.1.4. The form maibii, with - instead
of -, is due to the influence of pronominal dat.pl. forms in -bii, such as aibii
and yaibii (cf. 22.2, f.)
2. The 2nd.sg. uses the stems *ta- and *tu a-, but the nom. shows old *tuH
> Av. t alongside *tuH-am (OP tuvam, Skt. tvm), an innovation based on the
latter part of azm I. Cf. further vam we < *vai-am (cf. Goth. weis) and ym
you (pl.) (cf. Goth. js).
3. The 1st.du. v (Skt. va m) is of the same stem as the nom.pl. vam. In the
1st.pl., a suppletive stem *asma- is used (22.1.5). A curious feature of this
inflection is that, except in the nom. and gen., the cases of the sg. and the
pl. are built with the same endings, availing themselves of suppletion in the
stem to convey the difference in number: cf. dat. maibii: ahmaibii (cf. Skt.
mhyam: asmbhyam), etc. For the 2nd.du., we have yauukm (cf Skt. yuva ku).
Cf. further the Skt. forms nom. yuvm, acc. yuva m, gen. yuv.
71
22 pronouns
table 13
Personal pronouns
1st Accented
nom.sg.
acc.sg.
gen.sg.
abl.sg.
dat.sg.
inst.sg.
nom.du.
acc.du.
gen.du
nom.pl.
acc.pl.
gen.pl.
abl.pl.
dat.pl.
inst.pl.
Enclitic
2nd Accented
tuum, tm; t
m
tauu, tauua
at
taibii, taibii
Enclitic
ti, t
ti, t
v
uu?
vam
hm, ahma
ahmkm
ahmat
ahmaibii
hm
yauukm
ym, ym; y
na , n
n, n
va , v
xmkm; ymkm v, v
xmat; ymat
xmaibii, xmuuiia v, v
xm
n, n
4. The 2nd.pl. OAv. ym, YAv. ym (cf. Skt. yym) has an unexpected
(from external sandhi of *y-am? 11.25.1). The oblique forms make use of the
stems xma- and yma-. An IIr. stem *uma- (cf. Aeolic Gr. acc. ) underlies
both of these stems. The variant xma- is explicable through loss of the u- >
*ma- and subsequent prothesis of x- (cf. 11.16). The variant yma- is due to
influence from the nom. y. Cf. dat. OAv. xmaibii and ymaibii versus Skt.
yumbhyam.
N.B. for enclitics (unaccented pronouns):
5. The 1st. Singular: in the acc., m is identical to Skt. m. The oblique enclitic
(gen.dat.) is OAv. mi, YAv. m (OP -maiy, Skt. me).Plural: the stem na- is used
in the dual and plural, and it is also contained in the stem *asma- < PIE *n sme-.
In OAv., distinct forms exist for the acc.pl., na (Lat. ns), and the oblique cases,
n (cf. Lat. ns-trum), in contrast to the single case form of YAv., n (and of Skt.
nas).
The 2nd. Singular: in the acc., Av. is identical to Skt. tv. The oblique
enclitic (gen.dat.) is OAv. ti, YAv. t (OP -taiy, Skt. te).Plural: In the plural,
the stem va- is used. In OAv., distinct forms exist for the acc.pl., va (Lat. us),
72
chapter 3 morphology
and the oblique cases, v (cf. Lat. us-trum), in contrast to the single case form
of YAv., v (and of Skt. vas).
6. For the enclitics of the 3rd person, some forms of the old demonstrative pronoun a-/i-, which were substituted by the stem ima ( 22.2), are used:
acc.sg.m.f. m (Skt. m, Cypriot Gr. ?); acc.sg.neut. OAv. t, YAv. it (cf. the Skt. particle t); acc.pl.m.f. ; acc.pl.neut. . Some YAv. forms with initial d- must have
originated in sandhi with a preceding dental (e.g., *yad im): acc.sg.m.f. dim (OP
-dim); acc.sg.neut. dit; acc.pl.m.f. d (OP -d); acc.pl.neut. d.
Other forms took an *s- by analogy to the paradigm of sa-, ta-. Accented
froms are nom.sg.f. OAv. h and nom.du.neut. OAv. h. Enclitic forms are acc.sg.f.
Av. hm (OP -im, Skt. sm), acc.pl.m.f. Av. h (cf. OP -) and the gen.dat.sg.
OAv. hi, YAv. h, (cf. OP -aiy). At times, variation between h- and - occurs,
which is explicable as the result of ruki in external sandhi: pairi but atca
h.8
7. The accented reflexive pronoun has adopted the stem *su a- from the
possessive pron. In Av., only the following forms are attested: gen. xvahe; dat.sg.
YAv. huuuuiia (from *hu aia, cf. muuiia above 22.1.1) and YAv. xvi.
22.2 Demonstrative Pronouns
1. a-/i-/ima- this. This pronoun, of anaphoric origin, combines stems deriving
from PIE *h1ei-/*h1i- and *h1e- (cf. Lat. is, ea, id) in a suppletive pattern. The
nom.sg.m. comes from *aiam > Skt. aym (cf. OP iyam)The acc.sg.m. arises
from an IIr. innovation in which the old form *im (Lat. im) was accusativized
by adding the ending *-amThe nom.acc.sg.neut. imat (cf. OP ima) replaces
the *-m of the new form with the -t of the neuter pronouns. Starting from the
two preceding case forms, it became possible to extract a stem ima-, from which
the rest of the direct cases of the masc., neut., and fem. with thematic endings
emerged.
The oblique cases are built off the stem a-: the gen.sg.m. comes from *asia
> Skt. asya;9 the gen.du.m. a-iia (cf. Skt. ay; 19.1.12); the inst.pl.m. i; the
abl.dat. and loc.sg.m. make use of a formant *-sm-. The inst.sg.m. from *an
(OP an; cf. Skt. ena ) is built with the stem ana- (cf. below 22.2.4).The
feminine forms of the gen.abl.sg. come from *asis > Skt. asya s; (the form a ht
8 In YAv., however, this old distribution is often disrupted. Old Persian, which maintains the
use of the 3rd person enclitic, offers only variants with --.
9 ahe is used attributively and anaphorically, while a he is only found in anaphoric use. ahe
probably represents the original development (cf. the gen.sg. of the a-stems), whereas a he
introduced - h- from the fem. pronouns.
73
22 pronouns
table 14
Feminine
nom. sg.
acc.
nom.acc.neut.
gen.
abl.
dat.
inst.
loc.
nom.m. du.
gen.
dat.
nom.m. pl.
acc.m.
nom.acc.neut.
gen.
dat.
inst.
loc.
m
imm
aiim, am
imm
imat
ahii, ax iica, ahe, a he
ahmt
ahmi
an, ana
ahm, ahmi, ahmiia
ima
aiia; a sc
biia
ime
im
im, ima, ima
am
aibii
i; aibi
au, auua
a ha, a hasca
a ha; a ht
ax iii, a hi
ii, aiia
a he
bii
ima
ima
ahm
biiasc, bii, aiiiasca
b
h, huua
shows the late substitution of *-s by *-t); the dat.sg. from *asii > Skt. asyi;
the loc.sg. is from *asi (cf. Skt. asya m). The inst.sg.f. from *ai (Skt. aya ) is an
exception in that it does not contain an -s-. There is also a form f. iia, which
owes its long vowel to the preceding *i in paiti iia zm on this earth.
In the plural, the m./n. oblique cases are built off a stem *ai-, which recalls
the nom.m. *ai-am, just like the stems ata- and auua- (see below). The
oblique cases of the fem.pl. are formed starting from an unexpected stem -,
which probably derives from the inflection of the pronouns ta-, ka-, and ya-.
Note the ending *-sm of the gen.pl., versus PIE *-som as reflected in Lat.
e-rum, e-rum, and OCS tx of these.
2. ta- that, 3. ata- that there. The first of these pronouns continues the
old demonstrative. Its paradigm conforms to the usual pattern of suppletion.
The nom.sg. was suppletive even in PIE, m. *s, neut. *td, f. *sh2 > Av. h, tat,
h (Skt. s, tt, sa ; Goth. sa, ata, so; Gr. , , ). The nom.sg.m. attests to a
sigmatic variant, OAv. h, YAv. h, has-cit. The stem takes thematic inflection in
the direct cases, as well as in the forms of the inst. Apart from the inst., there are
74
table 15
chapter 3 morphology
The demonstrative pronouns ta-, ata-
2. ta- that,
3. ata- that there Masculine, Neuter
nom. sg.
acc.
nom.acc.neut.
gen.
abl.
dat.
inst.
loc.
nom.acc. du.
nom.acc.neut.
gen.
nom. pl.
acc.
nom.acc.neut.
gen.
dat.
inst.
loc.
h; h, h, hascit; aa; a
tm, tm
tat; atat
atahe
atahmt
atahmi
t; ata
atahmi, atahmiia
t, tca
t; ate
ataiia
ti, tact, t; ate, ataca
tg, t t ; at, at
t; ata, atcit
atam
ataibii
ti
atau, atauua
Feminine
h; a
tm; atm
ata ha; ataiia
ataiia
no oblique forms attested to the stem ta-. Instead, the stem ata- appears, which
has a complete inflection apart from the suppletive nom.sg., which comes from
m. *aia (Skt. e), f. *ai (Skt. ea ).
The inflection of these pronouns follows that already seen under 22.2.1,
22.5.2, i.e., through the insertion of typically pronominal elements such as *-smin the oblique cases of the masc., or *-ai- and *- in the oblique cases of the
masc./fem.pl. There are some forms worthy of note: the gen.pl.fem. atahm
shows shortening of the *-- (Skt. eta sm); the gen.sg.fem. ata ha is equivalent
to Skt. etsyas, while ataiia and ataiia scit owe their endings to the influence
of feminines in - (19.2.4).
The fact that no forms of ata- are found attested in OAv. may be mere
coincidence, but the total absence of oblique forms of ta- in YAv. (except in
the inst.) is probably an innovation of YAv., in which ta- was replaced by ata-.
4. ana- this is a suppletive stem in Avestan that is found attested in other
languages: OCS on that there, Lith. ans that < PIE *h1ono-, which has left
22 pronouns
75
traces in IIr.: cf. the Skt. adv. ana therefore (inst.sg.neut.), anay (inst.sg.f.).
Avestan attests to OAv. inst.sg.m. an (OP an; Skt. ana ); inst.pl.m.neut. ani;
gen.sg.m. +anahe; abl.sg.m. anahmt; and the inst.sg.m.neut. ana.
5. The stem of the demonstrative auua- that there may be compared with
the Skt. gen.du. av (OP ava, and also OCS ov this < PIE *h2eu o-). The Avestan paradigm possesses a nom.sg.m., OAv. huu (*hau ; cf. 10.3.4) and YAv.
hu, which is, in origin, a fem. form also attested as a nom.sg.fem. YAv. hu,
made from a supplementary stem comparable to the Skt. nom.sg.m.f. asu that
there or OP hauv. The other case forms allow for derivation from the stem
auua-, with its already familiar pronominal endings: nom.acc.sg.neut. auuat
(OP ava); acc.sg.m. aom (OP avam); gen.sg.m.neut. auua he and auuaheca (OP
avahay); inst.sg.m. OAv. auu, YAv. auua, nom.pl.m. auue (OP avaiy); acc.pl.m.
+auu ; nom.acc.pl.neut. auua and auua (cf. 19.1.17); gen.pl.m. auuam (OP
avaim); inst.pl.m. auui; acc.sg.f. auum (OP avm); gen.sg.f. auua ha ;
abl.sg.f. auua ht; dat.sg.f. auuahi; acc.pl.f. auua and auuaha (in a late text);
inst.pl.f. auuabii (*-bii).
22.3 Relative Pronoun
The relative pronoun ya- which, who (Skt. y-, Gr. < PIE *[h1]i-) follows the
same inflection as the pronominal stem ta-, ata-, etc. seen above, for which
reason the enumeration of all the forms here would be superfluous. Keep in
mind that the initial y-, in combination with *-i- in the following syllable results
in raising of the -a- (7.10), and one therefore finds gen.sg. OAv. yehii, yex iic,
YAv. ye he (Skt. ysya); gen.sg.f. ye ha (Skt. ysys); abl.sg.f. ye ht, ye h-a;
loc.sg.f. ye he (v.l. with h). Curious are the nom.pl.m. YAv. yi (Skt. y), which
did not develop to y (cf. 10.2.2), and the nom.acc.sg.neut. OAv. hiiat (versus
YAv. yat; Skt. yt), which may be the result of external sandhi: h yat. On the
other hand, the acc.pl.m. form OAv. ygs-t which you apparently arose from
a blending of the regular forms, OAv. yg and ys (cf. Skt. ya n, ya ca).
22.4 Possessive Pronouns
The possessive pronouns for the 1st and 2nd persons are attested in OAv. alone,
while the gen. of the corresponding personal pronouns assumes the functions
of the possessive in YAv. Various formations co-occur in the possessive pronouns, as will be seen below.
Singular: The 1st person is formed in OAv. with a stem ma- my (Gr. <
PIE *h1mo-): nom.sg.m. m (7.9.4); gen.sg.neut. mahii; dat.sg.neut. mahmi;
inst.sg.neut. m; loc.sg. mahm; nom.acc.pl.neut. m; inst.sg.f. maii; gen.sg.f.
max iia (x cf. 11.28).
76
chapter 3 morphology
The 2nd person is formed in OAv. with a stem a- your (Skt. tv-, Lat.
tuus, Gr. ): nom.sg.m. ; gen.sg.m ahii; abl.sg.m. ahmt; dat.sg.m.
ahmi; inst.sg.m.neut. ; loc.sg.m. ahm; nom.pl.m. i; nom.acc.pl.
neut. ; nom.sg.f. i; gen.sg.f. ax iia ; loc.pl.f. h.
Plural: The 1st person is formed with the stem ahmka- our (Skt. asma ka-):
nom.acc.sg.neut. ahmkm; acc.pl.m. ahmkg; inst.pl.m. ahmki. For the
2nd person, two familiar variants (already commented upon in 22.1.4) are
found: xmka- (with the acc.sg.m. xmkm; nom.acc.sg.neut xmkm;
gen.sg.m xmkahii; dat.sg.m. xmki; inst.sg.m. xmk; acc.sg.f. xmkm)
and ymka- (with the acc.sg.m. ymkm; gen.sg.m. ymkahii; dat.sg.m.
ymki).
Concerning the pronominal stems OAv./YAv. xva- and YAv. hauua-, the FG
in hauua- may have been introduced from the pers. and dem.pron. in *ha-.
As regards its inflection, xva- follows the pronominal type (e.g., loc.sg.m. YAv.
xvahmi (cf. Skt. svsmin)), while hauua- follows the thematic type in all of
its forms (cf. 19.1), e.g., loc.sg.m. hauue (cf. Skt. sv); nom.pl.m. hauua h;
gen.pl.m. hauuanm (Skt. sva nm).
22.5 Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns
The interrogative and indefinite pronouns in Av. are formed on the basis of the
stems ci-/ca- and ka- who?, some, the comparison of which with Skt. k-, kand Gr. , , and especially with OCS to, kto, allows for the reconstruction
of an IE pron. *ku id, *ku o-s. In principal, the accented pronouns functioned
as interrogatives, while the enclitics functioned as indefinites. However, the
indefinite function could also be indicated by postposing the IE particles *ku e
or *ku id; cf. Lat. quis-que, OP kas-ciy, Skt. ka-cit.
1. To ci-/ca-, the following forms are found: nom.sg.m. OAv. YAv. ci (cf.
OAv. na-cim;
23
77
A distinction between adnominal prepositions and preverbs exists only partially, since the majority of the forms admit of both uses. Prepositions can occur
before the noun (i.e., as a preposition stricto sensu) or after it (as a postposition), though there is a small number of forms that always precede the noun.
The majority of preverbs immediately precede the verb.
In the following list, prepositions/postpositions are given, followed by the
case that they govern. Keep in mind that, in large part, these words may also
serve as adverbs, the sense of which can be derived without further difficulty
from the meaning given for the basic forms. Those forms that are exclusively
adverbial will be expressly indicated as such.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
78
chapter 3 morphology
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
24
The Verb
Just as is the case for nominal inflection (13), the study and description of the
Avestan verbal system must first be contextualized among the old Indo-Iranian
languages, thanks to whose comparative study we can reconstruct the prehistory of the Indo-Iranian verb. The Avestan verb has retained some notable
archaisms, but at the same time also exhibits clear formal and functional innovations with respect to earlier linguistic stages. The following sections will discuss both of these aspects, making constant reference to Sanskrit and, insofar
as possible, to Old Persian.
25
Component Elements
25 component elements
79
paradigm of the subjunctive, active and middle.B. LG/FG, e.g., in the s-aorist,
OAv. di-/di- to dis point (*-i-/*-ai-).
Some further examples of ablaut in the root are: bar bear (PIE *bher):
Av. pres.ind. bara-; caus.ind. braiia-; perf.opt. bariin;mr speak (PIE
*mleu H ): Av. pres.act.ind. mraomi; pres.mid.ind. mruii;vax grow (PIE
*h2u es): Av. caus.ind. vaxaiia-; pres.ind. uxiia-; zan generate (PIE *enh1):
Av. pres.ind. zzana-; pass.ind. zaiia-; fut.ind. zhiia-.
2. The roots meaning can be modified through the use of preverbs ( 23): e.g.,
the root d- give; make forms several compounds: -d- accept, receive, take,
us-d- set up, install, paiti-d- confer, para-d- grant, fra-d- try; perform,
ni-d- gather, v-d- distribute. The preverb usually precedes its verb, whether
adjacent to or in tmesis from the verb. At times, the preverb appears to be
doubled. In late texts, a tendency toward fusion of the preverb and the verb
may be observed.
3. The combination of the root with certain affixes (infixes, suffixes, or some
combination of these) comprises a lexical unit called the stem (cf. 13.1).
Among the different verbal types, a fundamental division can be made between
thematic formations (i.e., formations built with the suffixal vowel -a- < PIE
*-e/o, known as the thematic vowel) and athematic formations (all the rest).
A characteristic feature of old Indo-European languages is the large number
of forms that can be built to a temporal stem, owing to the interaction of the
various verbal categories.
25.2 Diathesis
Avestan has inherited from Indo-European the distinction between the active
and middle voice, each characterized by a specific set of endings for all the
tenses and moods. The original function of the middle is to highlight the role
of the subject of the verbal action. Oftentimes, the middle can be translated
as a passive, e.g., act. a hat shot (an arrow), mid. a himnaiia (arrows that
have been) shot. In other cases, the middle gives the verb reflexive (act. frapinaoti fatten, mid. frapinuuata swell) or reciprocal (act. hacaiti accompanies, mid. hacaite go together) value. It should be noted that, even in the
parent language, there are many verbs that occur only in a single diathesis, socalled activa tantum or media tantum verbs: YAv. sate, Skt. te, Gr. , Hitt.
kitta.
The passive does not exist as a separate diathesis, but, as will be seen, the
present formation in -iia- has passive meaning. In addition, an isolated ending
of the 3rd person in -i, which goes back to IIr., is found in the aorist with
passive value: Av. vc was said (Skt. -vci), sruu was heard (Skt. ra vi); cf.
32.1.c.
80
chapter 3 morphology
25.3 Tense
The expression of tense is carried out through the usage of specific verbal stems
(25.1.3). From the point of view of tense, three main stems are distinguishable:
present, aorist, and perfect. The future stem is, in fact, a present formation
(26.18).
The Avestan tense system, based on these three stems, derives from an
aspectual system that is still present in Greek and residual in Sanskrit. This
system opposed the imperfective aspect of the present stem (action seen in
its development) to the perfective aspect of the aorist stem (action seen as
complete in its entirety). The perfect was not part of this aspectual opposition,
and served to express a resultative (attained state). It is crucial to distinguish
between aspect, which is a binary opposition, and type of action (Aktionsart),
which is expressed by multiple formations that were always opposed to an
unmarked base. From a functional perspective, Old Avestan still retains a large
proportion of the old IE system of oppositions, while Young Av. has developed
more towards a temporal system based on the opposition present : injunctive
(impf.; 31, 37.2).
26
Present Stems
Athematic Formations
Root Presents: some roots have ablaut ( 25.1.1), e.g., ah- be, mr- speak,
i- go, while in others the stem is invariable: tac- run, hah- sleep, aojspeak.
2.a. Presents with partial reduplication (the root has FG/ZG ablaut): e.g.,
dad-/dad- give; put (the two verbs attested in Skt. as ddmi give
and ddhmi put fall together in Avestan), hi.hak-/hic- follow (Skt.
sak-/sc-).
2.b. Presents with total reduplication (intensives): reduplication with the entire FG root, and ablaut FG/ZG in the root. Examples: carkr- exalt,
dadi- show, zaozao- call.
3. Presents in -n: the root contains an infix with ablauting -na-/-n- before the
final consonant of the root, e.g., vinad-/vid- find. Class 9 is a secondary
subtype of this type.
4. Presents in -nu: root (generally ani) in ZG + an ablauting suffix -nao-/
-nu- (< *-nau -/-nu-), e.g., surunauu-/surunu- hear (IE *leu ); krnauu/krnu- make, do.
5. Presents in -n: root (of se origin) in ZG + ablauting suffix -n-/-n- (<
*-naH-/-nH-): grn- seize, frn-/ frn- please.
1.
26 present stems
81
Root in FG (root-accented; Skt. bhvati type), e.g., bara- bear, yaza- worship, haca- follow. This is the most productive type in Av.
7. Root in ZG (accent on the thematic vowel; Skt. tudti type), e.g., ia- set
in motion, rsa- cut.
8. Root in ZG and partial reduplication (Skt. pbati type), e.g., hita- stand,
nihia- sit down, jana- strike.
9. Root in ZG with -n- infix, e.g., krta- cut (Skt. kr ntti), hica- sprinkle
(Skt. sicti). This is a thematization of 26.3.
10. Root in FG + suffix *-ia-, e.g., jaiiia- pray, mainiia-/maiia- think (Skt.
mnya-).
82
chapter 3 morphology
roots with FG of the root, such as vaxaiia- make grow (Skt. vakya-),
and verbs with LG of the root, e.g., tpaiia- heat (Skt. tpya-). This distinction results from the fact that the root vowel of the causative was a
PIE *o, which has different outcomes depending on its position in the
syllable (i.e., Brugmann 7.4.6). It should be noted that the causative
(sub)type tpaiia- became very productive in Avestan. Cf., for example,
the causative of s enlarge: OAv. sauuaiia- (< PIE *ou h1-ie-), versus YAv.
suuaiia-, with LG introduced here.
16. Root in ZG + suffix -sa- (including the inchoative), e.g., prsa- ask (Skt.
prcchti), tafsa- become warm. The suffix -sa- continues the PIE suffix
*-ske/o-. Old present formations (non-inchoative, of the type jasa- to
gam), as well as Avestan inchoative formations, fall under this type.
17. Root in ZG + suffix -ha/sa/a- (desiderative). Two subtypes appear here: a.
simple: grfa- try to grab;b. with partial reduplication in i: dia- try
to deceive (cf. Skt. dpsati). The diffent forms of the suffix are historically
explicable from the IIr. suffix *-(H)sa- in different environments.
18. Root in FG + suffix -hiia/siia- (future), e.g., vaxiia- to vac speak (Skt.
vakyti), zhiia- to zan generate (Skt. janiyti).
27
1.
Aorist Stems
Athematic root aorist (the root has FG/ZG ablaut). The root itself is the
stem of the aorist, e.g., jam-/gm-/ga- to gam go, come; d-/d- to the two
roots d give; put; srauu-/sru- to sru hear.
2.a. Thematic root aorist: ZG of the root + -a- (root-accented), e.g., vda- to vid
find, know, Skt. vda-; sa- teach to sh, Skt. ia-. In some formations,
FG of the root appears, but this generally occurs for phonetic reasons:
taa- (Skt. tka-), hana- (Skt. sna-).
2.b. Reduplicated thematic aorist: ZG of the root with partial reduplication in
a + suffix -a-, e.g., vaoca- (Skt. vca-) to vac speak, nsa- (*na-n-a-) to nas
disappear.
3. Sigmatic aorist (athematic): root with ablaut pattern LG (indicative and
active injunctive) / FG (other) + *-s-, e.g., ra h- to r protect, bax- to
baj divide, raos- to urud- cry, mgh- to man think, di-/di- to dis
point.
30 personal endings
28
83
Perfect Stem
The perfect stem is an athematic formation with reduplication and ablaut (<
*o/zero) in the root. When the root contains or ends in i, the reduplication
vowel will be i; when the root contains or ends in u , the reduplication vowel
will be u .; in all other cases, the reduplication vowel is a (or rarely, ).
The root takes FG in the active singular (but in an originally open syllable, cf. Brugmann 7.4.6), FG throughout the entire subjunctive, but ZG in
all other forms. In contrast to the other two stems, the perfect is further characterized by a set of special endings in the active and middle indicative.
Examples of perfect stems are diaii-/di- to d look, susru- to sru hear,
vauuac-/vaoc- to vac speak, bauuar-/bar- to bar bear, jam- to gam go, come,
vuuarz-/vuurz- to varz work, dad-/d-/da- to d put; give, hazd- to
had sit.
The root vid find, know constitutes an exception in that it forms an (inherited) perfect without reduplication: vad-/vid-/vd-.
29
Moods
Avestan possesses five moods, each of which has its own meaning (cf. 37), and
which are expressed through special formations. The subjunctive and optative
are formed with suffixes on the three types of primary stems. The subjunctive
is formed with a suffix -a- and primary or secondary endings (without distinction?). The root always takes FG, even in the middle voice. The optative employs
the (ablauting) modal suffix -ii-/-- (< PIE *-ieh1/*ih1-) and secondary endings.
The present indicative uses primary endings, the indicative of the aorist uses
secondary endings, while the perfect indicative has its own special endings.
The injunctive does not carry the augment (31) and is served by secondary
endings (with the augment, the imperfect, which serves as the preterite for the
present, would be formed). The imperative has its own endings.
30
Personal Endings
Personal endings are an essential element for the expression of the various
verbal categories. Endings are added to the verbal stem and mark person (3),
number (3: singular, dual, plural), and diathesis (2). The endings are multifunctional, in the sense that each one expresses several paradigmatic roles: for
example, -mahi is a 1st.pers. plural active. In Avestan, just as in IE, there is a basic
84
chapter 3 morphology
table 16
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
1st du.
2nd
3rd
1st pl.
2nd
3rd
Primary
Secondary
Imperative
Perfect
-mi; -a
-hi, -i
-ti
-uuah
w.a.
-t; -
-mahi
-a
-ti, -ati, -aiti
-m, -am
*-h, -s, -
-t, -t
-uu
w.a.
-tm
-ma
-ta
-n, -at; -r, -r
-; -di, -i
-tu
w.a.
w.a.
-ta
-tu
-a
-a
-a
w.a.
w.a.
-atar
-ma
w.a.
-ar, -r
distinction between primary endings (PE, used in the pres.ind. and, partly, the
subjunctive) and secondary endings (SE, used in the pres.inj., the aorist and the
optative); in addition, there are other sets of endings for the imperative and the
perfect indicative. The subjunctive has a special ending just in the 1.sg.10
30.1 Active Endings
Be aware that some endings are not attested in Avestan; these are marked here
as w.a. (= without attestation). Those endings with variants conditioned by
phonetic environment are given with a comma separating the variants: for
example, the secondary ending of the 2.sg., which comes from IIr. *-s, appears
as - (mrao you said, cf. 11.20.5), as -s (before enclitic -ca, 11.20.1), and as
the outcome of *-h (in the thematic ending, e.g., jas you came, cf. 7.13.1). A
semicolon separates endings of different origin, such as those of the 3.du, of
which -t corresponds to the original 3.du. ending (cf. Skt. -tas), while - must
have been taken over from the 2.du. (cf. Skt. -thas). As regards the thematic
formations, it must be noted that some forms have been partially disfigured by
phonetic developments: e.g., the already cited 2.sg. - < *-a-h.
N.B.: a. Primary Endings: The agreement with the endings of Skt., sg. -mi, -si,
-ti and pl. -masi, -tha, -nti/-ati is evident. The 1.sg. thematic -mi exhibits an
10
The terms primary and secondary are traditional; descriptively, the primary endings
are derived from the secondary ones by adding an element -i, which in PIE was a marker
of current relevance (hic et nunc).
30 personal endings
85
< PIE *o (7.4.6); after ii, we do not find -mi but -emi; here * was analogically
replaced by *a; cf. 7.10.1. On the other hand, a 1.sg. ending - (Gr. -, Lat. -
< PIE *-oh2), exclusive to thematic formations, also occurs. This distinction
between the thematic and athematic conjugations is old, and ceases to be
productive in YAv., which adopts the ending -mi for both: barmi (and in
Sanskrit: bhrmi).The 1.du., in comparison with Skt. -vas, has taken the *-i
from the 1.pl.
b. Secondary Endings: The agreement of these endings with those of Skt., sg.
-(a)m, -s, -t, 1.du. -va, pl. -ma, -ta, -(a)n/-ur, is evident.The 3.du. -tm concurs
with OP -tam, but in Skt., -tam is the form of the 2.du., while Skt. -tm is the
form of the 3.du. In Iranian, the endings of the 2.du. were introduced into the
3.du.; the same happens in the middle (cf. 30.2.a).The endings -r and
-r are found only in the athematic optative: the -- is part of the suffix -ii-,
and the ending is -r(), which corresponds exactly to Skt. -ur (3.pl.aor.opt.
buiin together with buiir, Skt. bhyr). The 3.pl. thematic ending is -n: YAv.
pacaiin.
c. The subjunctive has a unique ending in the 1.sg., -ni, which coexists with
-a . The 3.du. and the 2.pl. have primary endings, the 1.du. and the 1.pl. have
secondary endings. The remaining persons take both PE or SE without distinction (but Skt. has the SE in the 3.pl.)The imperative has forms only for
the 2nd and 3rd persons of the sg. and pl. Just as in IE, the 2.sg. can take an
ending (thematic stems) or, in athematic stems, take the IE/IIr. ending *dhi > Gr. -i, Skt. -dhi/hi. The remaining Avestan endings also correspond to
those of Sanskrit, -tu, -ta, and -ntu. However, the ending that corresponds to
Skt. -tt, Gr. -, Lat. -t(d) is not found. The 2.pl. uses the secondary ending.
d. The perfect has its own set of endings only in the indicative. These
endings, in large part, agree with the Skt. forms: sg. -a, -tha, -a, 1.pl. -ma. The
3.du. -atar comes out of *-atr , while Skt. -atur reflects *-atr , with the same
ending *-r that Skt. has in the 3.pl., -ur. Av. has the 3.pl. in -ar < *-r (the *-r
appears only in the plupf. cikitr).
e. The participles of the present active are formed with the suffix *-nt(inflection in 18.3.); its feminine is marked with the suffix -- ( 19.3.): ht-,
f. hait-; iis, f. iieit.The perf.act.part. has its own suffix, -uuh-/-u- (inflection 18.8): vduuh-/vdu- (vid); dauuh-/dadu- (d); its feminine takes the
suffix -- (19.3.), e.g., jam- (gam; Skt. jagm-).
30.2 Middle Endings
The earlier remarks made in the paragraph above, 30.1, apply equally to
Table 17.
86
table 17
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
1st du.
2nd
3rd
1st pl.
2nd
3rd
chapter 3 morphology
The verbal endings of the middle
Primary
Secondary
Imperative
Perfect
-e, -i
-he, - he, -e
-te; -e
w.a.
w.a.
-ate, -ie; -ite
-maide, maie
-duii, -e, -e
-te, -aite; -re, -ire
-i; -a
*-ha, -ha, -a
-ta; -i
-uuaid
w.a.
-atm; -tm
-maidi
-dm, -m
-ta, -ata; -rm
w.a.
w.a.
-dm, -m
-tm
-e
w.a.
-e, -oi
w.a.
w.a.
-ite
w.a.
w.a.
-re
N.B.: a. Primary Endings: The endings correspond, in large part, to the series
of endings in Skt., sg. -e (< *-ai), -se (< *-soi), -te (< *-toi), 3.du. -ete (thematic) and -te, pl. -mahe (*-madhai), -dhve, -nte/ate.The 3.sg. has a further ending -e, Skt. -e, which is used for verbs with stative meaning; it is the
same form as the ending of the 3.sg.perf.mid.The co-occurrence in the 3.du.
of -ate and -ie (thematic endings) is explained by the fact that the ending of the 2.du.mid. *-aiai (Skt. -ethe) was adopted by the 3.du. ( 30.1.b).
The endings of the 3.pl., -re and -ire (< *-re; cf. Skt. -re) were used in PIE
for the stative. They originate in the PIE ending *-ro of the 3.pl. of the middle.
b. Secondary Endings: The endings correspond to the series of endings in
Skt., 1sg. -i/-a, 3.sg. -ta, 1.du. -vahi (< *-u adhi), 3.du. -etm (thematic)/-tm,
pl. -mahi, -dhvam, -nta/-ata and -(i)ram/-(i)ranFor the 3.du. -atm, it must
again be presumed that the final short vowel was introduced from the 2.du.
*-aitam (Skt. has innovated with -ethm).In 3.sg., we find an ending -i (Skt.
-i), which is utilized for the isolated passive aorist ( 25.2).The endings of the
3.pl. with -r- are endings of the stative, which continues the old PIE middle
endings in *-ro with a secondary *-nt, thus *-ront.
c. The subjunctive has a unique ending in the 1.sg. -ne, which coexists with
the old -i (*a-ai), cf. Skt. -ai versus OP -naiy. The remaining persons of the
middle have primary endings.The imperative shows forms that correspond
to endings of Skt., 2.sg. -sva, 3.sg. -tm, 2.pl. -dhvam (= SE), 3.pl. -ntm. It is
possible that there may have been a passive form (parallel to the 3.sg. of
the passive aorist, 25.2): 3.sg. Av. -m (Skt. -m), but the evidence is not
conclusive.
87
31 the augment
table 18
Unaugmented Augmented
Present
Aorist
Perfect
inj.
inj.
ind.
impf.
ind.
plupf. (absent in Av.)
d. In the perfect, there are very few forms attested, but they agree with the
corresponding forms of Skt.: 1.sg. -e, 3.sg. -e, 3.du. -te, 3.pl. -re.
e. The middle participle exhibits a suffix -na- (also -na- and -ana-; Skt.
-na-) in athematic forms and -mna- (OP -mna-, cf. Skt. -mna- versus Pli
-mina) in thematic forms. This distribution of allomorphs is due to the development of the PIE suffix *-mh1no- > IIr. *C-m Hna- > *-Cna- (after a consonant)
versus *V-mHna- > *-Vmna- (after a vowel). The perf.part.mid. makes use only
of the suffix -na- (Skt. -na-).
31
The Augment
88
chapter 3 morphology
imperfects (in the present stem) or indicative (in the aorist stem). For its part,
the perfect, with its own set of endings, has both forms without the augment,
indicatives, and forms with the augment, pluperfects.
Furthermore, distinguishing between the augment and the preverb is often
difficult, on account of the partial phonetic confusion between a and in Av.,
depending upon phonetic environment (e.g., 7.3). Thus, a form paitiimraot
he addressed can reflect *paiti mraot (with the preverb ), *paiti amraot (with
impf.), or *paiti amraot.
32
Paradigms
89
32 paradigms
table 19
a. Pres. Ind.act.
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
1st du.
3rd
1st pl.
2nd
3rd
Ind.mid.
ahmi
ni-ne, mruiie, aoji
ahi, vai
taxe, pa h
asti, jaiti, mraoiti mrite, ite, aoxte;
mruiie, is
usuuah
w.a.
st
w.a.
Inj./impf.act.
Inj.mid.
mraom
mrao
mraot, tt, s
aoj
pairii-ao
aogd, aoxta
w.a.
impf. auuitm
(auua-i-)
mahi
mrmaide
w.a.
st
w.a.
mraot
hti, yeiti, vati aojaite; ahire, sare impf. auuin
b. Aor. Inj.act.
Inj.mid.
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
1st du.
3rd
1st pl.
2nd
3rd
w.a.
da h, mgh
mat
duuaid
a-sruutm
varmaid
a-srdm
v-siit
darsm
ci, da , var-c
jn, dt, mist
w.a.
w.a.
dm
dt
gmn, dn, yjn
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
c.
Passive Aorist
Within the aorist system, there is an isolated 3rd pers. indicative/injunctive
form that adds an ending -i (Skt. -i) directly to the aorist stem, in which the
root seems to show LG (by Brugmann, 7.4.6?). The roots that exhibit this
formation are ci gather, vac say, and sru hear (and perhaps 2mr mistreat).
Forms of the 3rd.sg.ind./inj. of the passive aor. are: OAv. cuu, vc and a-uuc
(Skt. vci), sruu (Skt. ra vi). Later, this ending is extended to other secondary
formations, such as the present stems rnu- (ar set in motion), jan kill, or the
perfect stem - say: YAv. rnuui, jaini, ii.
90
table 20
chapter 3 morphology
The root present and root aorist: other moods
d. Subj. Pres.act.
Pres.mid.
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
fra-mrauua, fra-mrauuni
ah
ahaiti, ahat
1st du.
3rd
1st pl.
2nd
3rd
w.a
w.a.
a hm, aii-aiiama
w.a.
ahn, apa.tacin
w.a.
w.a.
imaid
w.a.
w.a.
da h
yao-dit,
ciait
w.a.
jamat
w.a.
w.a.
darsma
w.a.
v-caiia
daduii
dait, rdt; jimn da t, yaojat
e. Opt.
Pres.act.
Pres.mid.
Aor.act.
Aor.mid
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
1st pl.
x iim
mruiia
mruiit; sht
x iim
w.a.
mruu
aojta
w.a.
dii
d
drt
mainimaid
2nd
3rd
x iit
hiir
w.a.
w.a.
diim
jamiia
jamiit; vaint
jamiim, buiiama;
sruum
diiata
jamiir; jamiin
f. Impv. Pres.act.
Pres.mid.
Aor.act.
Aor.mid.
w.a.
did
3rd
2nd pl.
3rd
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
dt
dt
scat
kruu,
dhuu
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
Pres.mid.
Aor.act.
Aor.mid.
mraotu, ast
staota
yatu, ht
g. Part. Pres.act.
Aor.act.
Aor.mid.
mni, varn
w.a.
w.a.
sr(a)uuana-
91
32 paradigms
Ind.act.
Ind.mid.
Subj.act.
Subj.mid
dami
dahi
daiti
w.a.
dadmah
w.a.
dadait
daie, dad
w.a.
daste, dazd
zazite
dadmaid
w.a.
w.a.
dani
zazhi; yao-da
yao-daiti; daat
cikaiiat
dama
fra-mma
zazti, dan
yao-dane
w.a.
daaite
w.a.
hicamaid
w.a.
yao-date
Inj.act.
Inj.mid.
Opt.act.
Opt.mid.
dam, dam
dada
dat, dids
w.a.
-dadat
w.a.
w.a.
dasta, dazd
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
dai; daiiia
dait; daiiit
daitm
daiiin; daiiir
daie
daia
daita, daidt
w.a.
w.a.
Impv.act.
Impv.mid.
Part.act.
Part.mid.
dasuu
daat-, daat-;
yao-dat-
dana-, kuxnuuna-
3rd
dadt
2nd pl. dasta
w.a.
mz-dazdm
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
3rd du.
1st pl.
2nd
3rd
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
3rd du.
3rd pl.
92
chapter 3 morphology
Nasal presents
a. Ind.act.
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
1. cinahm
2. krnaomi
3. frnmi
3. hunhi
1. cinasti
2. krnaoiti
3. grniti
Ind.mid.
3. prne
w.a.
1.mrte
(*mrte)
2. vrnite
3. vrt
b. Subj.act.
Subj.mid.
2. krnauuni;
tanauua
3. frnni
2. ni-srinauuhi
2. hunauuat
3. frnt
2. krnauune
3. prnne;
frni
w.a.
2. vrnauuait
3. prnite
1. cinamaide
2. rnauuate
93
32 paradigms
1st sg.
2nd
c. Inj.act.
Inj.mid.
d. Opt.act.
Opt.mid.
w.a.
1. mina
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
2. surunuiia
3. xstrniia?
1. ciit
2. krnuiit
2. tanuiia
w.a.
3rd
1. cinas
2. krnaot
3rd du. w.a
2nd pl. 2. dbnaot
3rd
1. vidn
2. hunta
3. vrta
w.a.
w.a.
3. vrnt
e. Impv.act.
2nd sg. 1. cd
2. krnii
3. prn
2nd pl. 2. srinaota
3rd
3. frntu
1. mrcta
w.a.
1. cii
2. +hunuiir
w.a.
Impv.mid.
Part.act.
Part.mid.
w.a.
2. krnuuat3. drnat-,
f. uruunait-
1. vidna2. hunuuana-
w.a.
w.a.
94
chapter 3 morphology
table 23
a. Ind.act.
1st sg.
barmi, jaiiiemi
prs
2nd
barahi, jaiiiehi
3rd
baraiti, nasiieti
1st du. w.a.
3rd
barat; yiiia
1st pl. barmahi
2nd
3rd
Ind.mid.
b. Subj.act.
Subj.mid.
baire, -iiese
jasi
hitahe, xaiiehe
baraite
w.a.
vsate; fra-carie
barmaide
xaiia
fra-carae; ddra.duii
barti, bauuaiti, vste, riiete,
taciti, jaiiieiti hacite
c. Inj./impf.act.
prsahe
yazite
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
Inj./impf.mid.
d. Opt.act.
Opt.mid.
barm, abaom
v-ram
2nd
jas
3rd
jasat
3rd du. jasatm
1st pl. aor. -uuaocm
baire
w.a.
isii
zaiiaha
zaiiata
jasatm
w.a.
v-raiii
jasit
w.a.
jasama
2nd
3rd
tauruuaiiata
jasn, baon
w.a.
mainiiata, fraorcita, vsta
fr-rsata
baraiin,
kraiin
yazaa
maniiata
a-prsaiiatm
vanimaid,
biiiimaie11
rmim
yazaiiata
e. Impv.act.
Impv.mid.
f. Part.act.
Part.mid.
jasa, nase
baravha, gahuu
jasat-,
vrziiat-/
vrzit-
barmna-,
hacimna-,
a-aoiiamna-
1st sg.
1st sg.
2nd
baratu
2nd pl. barata
3rd
bartu
11
vrziitm
draiiam, gdm
xraostm
95
32 paradigms
fra; m gh var
2nd
3rd
di
w.a.
drt, ss, vs xnaota,
msta
1st pl. w.a.
a-mhmaid
2nd w.a.
ardm
3rd
uruuxat
w.a.
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
1st pl.
2nd
3rd
c. Opt.act.
Opt.mid.
w.a.
w.a.
fra-zaht
nma
w.a.
aiin
w.a.
raxa
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
e. Part.act.
Part.mid.
vaht-?
mahna-
Subj.mid.
xnaoi, mghi;
varsn
ra hahi
varait; vaata
w.a.
stahaiti, varait
baxait; vghat , naat
nm
w.a.
w.a.
maz-da h.dm
vart; xnaon,
vaate
vghn
d. Impv.act.
Impv.mid.
di
frauu
sst
rzdm
96
chapter 3 morphology
32.6 Perfect
To provide examples of the paradigm, we offer forms of the following perfect
stems: d- (to ad say), h- (ah be), iiei- (i go), irri- (iri- die), urraod(urud obstruct), cikit-/cicit- (cit understand), jam- (gam come), jar- (gar
wake), jaauruu- (grab seize), jiga- ( j live), dad-/d-/da-, pfr-/pafr(par fill), mamn- (man think), yaiiat-/yat-/yit- ( yat occupy a position),
vauuan-/vaon- (van win), vauuac-/vaoc- (vac say), vauuaz-/vaoz- (vaz go,
lead), vad-/vid- (vid find), vaorz- (uruuz be glad), rar- (r bestow),
susru- (sru hear).
table 25
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
3rd du.
1st pl.
2nd
3rd
1st sg.
2nd
3rd
3rd du.
2nd pl.
3rd
33
The perfect
a. Ind.act.
Ind.mid.
b. Subj.act.
Subj.mid.
jaauruua, vad
dada, vauuaxa, vist
jaauruua, jara, vaa,
aha; urraost
yatatar
ssrma, yama
w.a.
irriar, ahar; cikitr
susruiie
w.a.
pafre, daie
w.a.
w.a.
vaat
w.a.
w.a.
+pafrite
mamnit
w.a.
w.a.
+raire
w.a.
w.a.
vaorza
vati, iieiin
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
c. Opt.act.
Opt.mid.
d. Part.act.
Part.mid.
jamiim
w.a.
vaoniit, aht
aht.tm
w.a.
+dain; bariin
w.a.
jiaa
w.a.
w.a.
w.a.
vaozirm
irriu-,
vuuh-/vidu-,
f. jam-
irrina-
Some formations have a double nature, in that they simultaneously show properties of both verb and noun. Formally, they have nominal character in virtue
of being declined or bearing specifically nominal suffixes, while they belong to
the verbal system insofar as they are able to express tense, voice, and/or aspect.
97
These formations include infinitives, participles (which have already been discussed above; cf. 30.1.e, 30.2.e), as well as various verbal nouns and adjectives.
The most important formations will be treated in the following paragraphs.
1. The infinitive: The majority of formations categorized as infinitives show
an ending *-ai (OAv. -i, YAv. -e), which matches the ending *-ai of the dat.sg. in
nominal inflection (18.1.7); hence, one can infer that the infinitive originally
marked the goal of a verbal action. The Avestan infinitive occupies an intermediate position between the original use as a verbal noun (taking part in nominal
inflection) and use as an impersonal verbal form (being incorporated into the
verbal system).
The infinitive in -diii (Skt. -dhyai) is added to the root in the ZG (e.g.,
sridiii to sru hear), or to the present stem (e.g., riiidiii built on riiaprotect). This suffix provides a middle voice infinitive. Other suffixes that are
added either to the root or to the verbal stem are: -ti/-te: mrite to say, OAv.
sti to be; -uuani/-uua ne: OAv. vduuani to vid (cf. the Gr. inf. suffix -,
, Cypriot ); -uui/-uue: OAv. duui to give; the infinitive in -he:
OAv. vaoca h say is formed from the present stem.
2. The verbal action noun, formed with the accented PIE suffix *-t- and ZG
of the root, is also found in Avestan with the same function: krti- act, deed
to kar, maiti- thought to man. In Av., forms with FG of the root also occur, e.g.,
xvarti- food to xvar, which prove that the suffix remained productive until a
late period. The majority of nomina agentis are attested in the dat.sg. *-aiai (-e,
-aiiaca), and, given that the finality of the verbal action is thereby expressed,
this formation comes very close to usage as an infinitive.
3. The perfect passive participle is formed with a suffix -ta- added to the root
in the ZG: krta- done to kar, druxta- tricked to druj, basta- bound to bad,
gata- come to gam. This formation continues the old PIE verbal adjective with
ZG of the root and accented suffix *-t-: cf. Skt. gat-, Gr. , Lat. uentus, from
PIE *gu m -t- come. However, the adjective -ta- was productive into younger
stages of the language. Hence, forms with FG occur, to se roots (i.e., in -), and
to some roots whose ZG formally obscured its paradigmatic connection to the
rest of the finite forms: dta- put to d (cf. Skt. hit- with ZG < *dhh1-t-), rtabestowed to r, tata- constructed to ta, yata- honored to yaz (cf. Skt. iwith FG) and baxta- distributed to baj (Skt. bhakt-).
chapter 4
Syntax
34
Syntax
The functions of the various nominal and verbal formations are, in large part,
described in the chapter on morphology. In this chapter, details that concern
the functioning of the constituent elements in the phrase are the focus of
discussion.
35
Number
100
36
chapter 4 syntax
Case Syntax
1. The nominative is the case of the subject, as well as the case of any predication that refers to the subject. The nominative can also assume the function
of the vocative, which has its own endings only in the singular. The vocative
is used for appellative functions, and serves to directly address a referent. If
several vocatives occur in a clause, they are usually coordinated asyndetically:
mazd as Mazd and Asa !. The accusative functions as the direct object of
transitive verbs. Also used is the accusative of direction, in order to indicate the
end or the direction of a verbal action: Y 46.1 km zm aiien to which land will
I go?. The accusative of (temporal or spatial) extension is also a common function: Y 65.5 hminmca zaiianmca in summer and in winter, Vd 3.17 rigim
haca three steps from. Finally, the accusative of relation occurs: cuuat drj
how long?, Yt 5.98 tm suuita mighty in heritage. Meanwhile, constructions
with a double accusative (some of doubtless antiquitiy) are not foreign to Av.:
Y 11.5 y mm tat draon zint v trfiit v who leaves me this share or robs
me of it (cf. Skt. indro maruta sahasram ajint Indra left a thousand to the
Maruts; OP xaamim adam adinam I left the kingship to him).
2. The genitive is the case of nominal dependency, and thus serves to express
an enormous range of functions (appurtenance, material, partitive, temporal,
etc.), which are also present in the other IE languages: Y 4.23 tar pura
ahurahe mazda fire, son of Ahura Mazd, Yt 10.98 y sit yazatanm who
is the quickest among the Yazatas, Vd 9.2 upa.arti uruuaranm he cuts (a
certain quantity) of plants. On the other hand, the genitive also functions as the
obligatory complement of many verbs (is provide, x order, baj apportion,
etc.): Yt 17.21 upa m sraiiavha vsa he lean on my cart, Y 58.4 f carkmah
we celebrate the cattle-herder.
The ablative case has its own forms only in part ( 14.15, 15.3, 16.6). The
ablative refers to a point of departure (origin): Yt 17.13 utra h +uzaiiat
zmat camels that rise from the earth. The ablative functions as the obligatory
complement of many verbs (nas disappear, rah depart, mi deprive, etc.):
Y 9.28 yastm xat miat who deprives him of sovereignty. The ablative
is used especially with verbs of salvation, purification, and protection: Aog 57
yahmat haca naci bujaiit from which no one may be saved. An important
further use is as the proper case for the second element of a comparison: Y 45.11
nit mi vst xmat anii I have no other shepherd than you [pl.]
3. The dative governs a referent to whom the verbal action is directed. It
is used to indicate the person who is advantaged or disadvantaged by what
occurs: Y 29.10 aibii aog dt give them strength, Vd 15.12 ptrbii striieiti
he sins against his parents; it also indicates that the person has a stake in the
101
37
1. The present indicative expresses a real and current state of affairs, whether it
be specific or general, whether a single or repeated action: Yt 17.17 k ahi y mm
zbaiiehi who are you who calls upon me?, Y 65.3 vspa ima p ya zm paiti
frataciti all these waters which run across the earth. The perfect indicative
refers to the result of an action in the past, or an action that contributed to the
formation of a present state: Y 1.1 niuuaaiiemi dau y n daa I worship
on account of the creator who has created us, Y 9.1 k nar ahi yim azm
vspahe ahu astuuat sratm ddarsa who, o man, are you, the most
beautiful whom I have seen in all my mortal life?
2. The present and aorist injunctive refer to a real past event, without any
indication as to the perfectivity or imperfectivity of the verbal action. Moreover, there seems to have been no functional difference between the few aorist
indicative forms and the aorist injunctive. The injunctive is the mood of narration par excellence; it is thus functionally equivalent to the imperfect of Sanskrit
or Old Persian. It is used profusely in the great mythological and cosmogonic
narratives, and in doctrinal and didactic texts: Y 19.1 prsat zarautr ahurm
mazdm Z. asked AM. Independent of the mood of the main clause, the injunctive is always used in any subordinate clause that refers to an real past event.
The injunctive is the mood employed in prohibitive statements ( 39.2).
As was already mentioned in 31, it is difficult to find unmistakable forms
of the imperfect (such as, for example, forms belonging to ah be or i go).
Moreover, its use does not seem to differ fundamentally from the use of the
102
chapter 4 syntax
injunctive, although some rare passages may be noted in which the imperfect
expresses an action prior to the action expressed by the injunctive: Yt 5.68 tm
yazata jmsp yat spm pairi.auuanat Jmspa sacrificed to him once he
had caught sight of the army.
3. The present and aorist subjunctive indicate an action that has not yet
been initiated, and which will be actualized only if certain conditions hold.
From this point of view, the subjunctive takes on a voluntative value (very
close to a future) for the 1st pers. in main or independent clauses: Yt 19.47 atat
xvarn hagrfne I want to seize that xvarnah; in the 2nd pers., a strongly
prescriptive (almost imperatival) value is observable: Vd 18.51 imm t narm
nisrinaomi imm m narm nisrraiia upa srm fra.krtm I entrust this
man to you; return this man to me upon [the day of] the mighty fra.krti;
in the 3rd pers. (sometimes also in the 1st), a consecutive (sequential) value,
depending on a previous process, can be felt: Yt 1.9 yazaa mm zarautra
jasni te auua haca rafna haca azm y ahur mazda make sacrifices to me,
o Zarathustra I, who am Ahura Mazd, will come to you in aid and assistance
[of you]; Vd 2.23 riatca gu apa.jast and a third of the cows will perish.
The subjunctive is used to ask about an action which has not yet been
initiated: Vd 8.12 cii at ate masma ahn yaibii frasnaiia te varsa sca
tanmca which are the (kinds of) urine with which hair and body should be
washed? The perfect subjunctive is a rare YAv. formation, which expresses
prospective anteriority: Yt 8.39 titrm yazamaide y pairika titraiieiti ya
uza hat ar mainiiu we worship Titria who passes [i.e., kills] the Pairikas,
which Angra Manyu would have sent up.
4. The optative instantiates a number of disparate functions. a. Above all,
the optative is used in a main or independent clause with direct speech, and
its usage implies that the speaker wants for the verbal action to be realized by
the interlocutor (cupitative): Yt 10.23 apa n haca zahat mira bari bring us
away from fear, o Mira. A related usage is the prescriptive optative, which is
very common in the Vidvdd: Vd 21.5 xuziiara uzra huuarxata arise, get up,
o solar orb. b. The optative also serves in the expression of comparisons and
similies involving an imaginary action: Yt 8.55 titrii pairikm darzaiieiti
mnaiin ahe yaa hazarm narm im narm darzaiiit Titria holds
the Pairik like a thousand men would hold a single man. c. Likewise, the
present optative (almost always with the augment) functions as a past tense
iterative. This usage has left traces in many Old, Middle, and Modern Iranian
languages; this function could, therefore, go back to Proto-Iranian. Vd 19.27 kuua
t dra paiti hajasti masi i astuuaiti ahuu hauui urune para.daiiit
where do the donations go, which the mortal has been offering for his own
spirit throughout his bony life?
38 clausal syntax
103
d. The aorist optative occurs only in direct speech. This usage, termed precative, seems to have been the product of a Proto-Indo-Iranian specialization:
Y 70.4 yaa a vcim nma because we would bear the word with the libation.
e. The perfect optative has, as its primary function, the expression of the past
irrealis: Yt 8.24 yeii z m yazaiiata, auui mm auui.bariim dasanm
aspanm aoj if they would have made a sacrifice to me I would have
acquired the strength of ten horses.
5. The imperative expresses orders and commands of an immediate character: Vd 2.4 at m gaa fraiia at m gaa varaiia make my creatures
prosper, make my creatures grow.
38
Clausal Syntax
104
chapter 4 syntax
39
Negation
1. The basic negative particle is nit not; neither, nor: Yt 15.16 yimahe xare
nit aotm a ha nit garmm during the reign of Yima, there was neither
cold nor heat. A repeated negation can be carried out with the OAv. particle
nad, YAv. naa: Y 11.6 nit ahmi nmne znaite rauua nae raata naa
vstrii fuiis in this house will be born neither a priest nor a charioteer nor a
cattle-herding farmer.
105
The forms nit and naa are built from the IE negative particle *nei, which
is attested in OP naiy, Lat. n, OCS ni-. In Avestan, this particle is preserved in
the first syllable of the indefinite pronoun naci no one, nothing: Y 43.6 ym
naci dbaiieit whom no one deceives, Yt 1.6 yat mm naci tauruuaiit that
no one defeat me.
2. The particle m (= Skt. ma , Gr. ) negates a command (with the imperative or the injunctive) or a desire (with the optative; equivalent to nit). In
40
Not all Young Av. texts represent the same phase of the language. Indeed,
they were composed in a living language, subject to the same processes of
change as any other language. Some examples that illustrate how the system
has undergone simplification have already been pointed out above (cf., e.g.,
the diffusion of the ablative -t under 19.1.6). Other innovations include the
following:
1. For purely formal reasons, feminine -stems come to follow the inflection of neuters in -ah, on account of the coincidence of -a as the ending of
the nom.acc.pl. in both inflectional types: YAv. han- army is twice found
1 Recall that prohibition is done in Skt. with the particle ma and the aorist injunctive: ma no
rria do not let us suffer harm. Cf. further Gr. do not do that! versus
refrain from doing that!.
106
chapter 4 syntax
inflected as a neuter, cf. Y 57.25 pairi druuatbii hanbii, where the form druuatbii leaves no doubt as to the neuter gender of hanbii.
The neut. noun va- herd (from *van win) attests an inflection in - in
late texts. This inflection is probably due to the fact that va- is primarily
used as a collective (the herds the livestock), whose nom.acc.pl. va is
formally identical to the nom.sg. of an -stem.
The acc.pl. paa to pat-/pa- path, instead of the original pa (cf. ch. 3, fn.
2), supplies another example. The substitution in this case probably proceeds
from the acc.sg. patm, which was interpreted as the acc.sg. of a fem. in -. In
turn, the ending of the acc.pl.f. -a was, by extension, applied to the weak stem
pa-, from which paa arose.
2. A further semantic motivation has promoted the development of the
m. stem raat- driver, charioteer (Skt. ratheha -) into a nomen agentis
raatar-. Since the nom.sg. of the root noun and of the nomina agentis (e.g.
dt giver) had an identical ending, the necessary formal condition was available for a change of inflectional type, and was sustained by semantic affinity: acc. raatrm, nom.pl. raatr; later, with thematicization: gen.sg.
raatrahe, acc.pl. raatrsca.
A semantic reason for morphological change is also evident from the tendency, found in late texts, not to decline numerals: Vd 14.91 mat riss aii.ari
with thirty metal spikes, Vd 4.11 tir sata upzananm three hundred blows.
These cases follow the model of the majority of the numerals ( 21.1), which
were always indeclinable.
chapter 5
Texts
41
Introduction
The Avestan texts, which have been transmitted only in manuscript form, are
traditionally divided into several books, which constitute a single canon for the
believers who preserved the recited text. Each book is usually subdivided into
chapters. The most extensive book is the Yasna (Liturgical Prayer), which is
in turn divided into 72 chapters or hitis; the book principally contains texts
for the yasna liturgy, i.e., prayers and mantras that were recited during the
celebration of the religious ceremony. In the middle of the Yasna lie the gs
(Gathas, songs) of Zarathustra and the Yasna haptahiti (the Yasna of Seven
Chapters), the only texts in Old Avestan.
Other purely ritual books include collections of lesser scope, such as the
Vsperad (All of the Ratus, 24 chapters), the Nyyin (Elegy, 5 chapters), the
Gh (Parts of the Day, 5 chapters), the Srza (The 30 Days, 2 chapters), and
the frngn (Thanks, 4 chapters). The Yat (Hymns, 21 chapters) are each
dedicated to an Avestan deity and are, in large part, written in poetic form, with
verses of eight syllables. Their content is mythological, at times encomiastic,
and thus allows us to see into the background in which Mazdayasnianism came
into being.
The Vdvdd (The Anti-Demon Law, 22 chapters) narrates the origin of the
world and of humanity. Later, the book turns to the enumeration of religious
rules and laws that a believer must observe in order to be a good Mazdayasnian.
The book is composed in prose with some small poetic remnants.
Some relatively minor fragments, such as the Nrangestn (Cultic Prescriptions), the Pursinh (Questions), the Hdxt Nask (Book of Scriptures), and
the Frahang m (an Avestan-Pahlavi dictionary), also exist, but they have
passed through a transmission even more deficient than the rest of the texts.
41.1 Young Avestan Texts
A. Yat 8 relates the battle between the star Titria and the demon Apaoa.
Titria is the star Sirius, which announced the arrival of the rainy season.
108
chapter 5 texts
8.14
8.15
8.16
8.17
41 introduction
8.18
8.19
8.20
8.21
8.22
109
The third ten nights, o Spitama
Zarathustra, splendid, beautiful
Titria mixes his body flying among
the lights in the form of a white
horse, lovely, having yellow ears,
having a golden bridle.
He now proclaims, he now asks:
Who will now honor me with
libations of milk and haoma? To
whom will I give wealth in men, a
flock of men, purification of his own
sprit? Now I am to be worshipped
and to be praised for the bony life
according to the best truth.
Then he descends, o Spitama
Zarathustra, splendid, beautiful
Titria, towards the lake Vourukasa ,
in the form of a white horse, lovely,
having yellow ears, having a golden
bridle.
The demon Apaoa runs against him
in pursuit, in the form of a black
horse, hairless with hairless ears,
hairless with a hairless back,
hairless with a hairless tail, reddish,
frighteningly harnessed.
The two intermingle their legs, o
Spitama Zarathustra, splendid,
beautiful Titria and Apaoa the
demon. They fight, o Spitama
Zarathustra, for three days and three
nights. He becomes overwhelming
in might, he becomes victorious,
Apaoa the demon over splendid,
beautiful Titria.
110
chapter 5 texts
8.23
8.24
8.25
8.28
41 introduction
8.29
111
He chases him away from there,
from the lake Vourukasa , for the
distance of a hra in length. Good
fortune! utters splendid, beautiful
Titria. Good fortune to me, Ahura
Mazda, good fortune, o waters and
plants, good fortune, o Mazdayasnian
religion! There will be good fortune, o
countries! Your water canals will
run over unimpeded, (those) of the
wheat of plump grain, (those) of the
meadows of fine grain, and (those) of
the bony creatures.
B. One of the most important animals in the Avesta is the dog. Chapter 13 of the
Vdvdd enumerates the prescriptions that believers must observe regarding
the animal.
Vd 13.12 dtar gaanm astuuaitinm as um y spnm jaiti yim
pasu.haurum frazbaoahm snam vkrt.utnm: k h asti cia.
at mraot ahur mazda: ata sata upzananm upzit aspahe atraiia
ata sata srao.caranaiia
Creator of the bony world, true one, he who strikes a blow on a shepherd dog which takes away (its) consciousness, which cuts away (its) life:
with what is he punished? Thus spoke Ahura Mazd: 800 lashes with the
whip, 800 with the scourge, will be imposed on him.
13.13 dtar etc. y spnm jaiti yim vi.haurum frazbaoahm
snam vkrt.utnm: k h asti cia. at mraot ahur mazda: hapta
sata upzananm upzit aspahe atraiia ata hapta srao.caranaiia
Creator of the bony world, true one, he who strikes a blow on a guard
dog which takes away (its) consciousness, which cuts away (its) life: with
what is he punished? Thus spoke Ahura Mazd: 700 lashes with the whip,
700 with the scourge, will be imposed on him.
13.14 dtar etc. y spnm jaiti yim vohunazgm frazbaoahm
snam vkrt.utnm: k h asti cia. at mraot ahur mazda: xuua
sata etc.
Creator of the bony world, true one, he who strikes a blow on a hunting
dog which takes away (its) consciousness, which cuts away (its) life: with
112
chapter 5 texts
what is he punished? Thus spoke Ahura Mazd: 600 lashes with the whip,
600 with the scourge, will be imposed on him.
13.15 dtar etc. y spnm jaiti yim taurunm frazbaoahm snam
vkrt.utnm: k h asti cia. at mraot ahur mazda: paca sata etc.
Creator of the bony world, true one, he who strikes a blow on a young
dog which takes away (its) consciousness, which cuts away (its) life: with
what is he punished? Thus spoke Ahura Mazd: 500 lashes with the whip,
500 with the scourge, will be imposed on him.
13.16 hu jaao hu vzao h sukurunahe hu xurupi tii.dtahe
hu xraopi xyaon.xvaptahe hu vspanm spt.mainiiauuanm
spaciranm aniia udra uppa
This (is the punishment for the death) of a hedgehog, this () of a vzu,
this () of a porcupine, this () of a weasel having sharp teeth, this () of
a fox asleep in its den, this () of all the canines of the beneficient spirit,
other than the aquatic otter.1
13.17 dtar etc. kuua asti sp pasu.hauruu ditii.gtu. at mraot ahur
mazda: y yjiiastm haca gabii pariti sraomn tii vhrkmca
Creator etc., where is it that the shepherd dog is in its proper place?
Thus spoke Ahura Mazd: (with him) who goes a yjiiasti in length from
the herds, listening for thieves and the wolf.
13.18 dtar etc. kuua asti sp vi.hauruu ditii.gtu. at mraot ahur
mazda: y hr.masahm aanm haca vibii pariti sraomn
tii vhrkmca
Creator etc., where is it that the guard dog is in its proper place? Thus
spoke Ahura Mazd: (with him) who goes the distance of a hra in length
from the settlement, listening for thieves and the wolf.
13.19 dtar etc. kuua asti sp vohunazg ditii.gtu. at mraot ahur
mazda: y nacim isaiti hunaranm tanuiie isaite rrm
Creator etc., where is it that the hunting dog is in its proper place?
Thus spoke Ahura Mazd: (with him) who seeks no skill, (but) requires
protection for his body.
1 The punishment for the death of an otter is more severe, and is addressed in Vd 14.
41 introduction
113
atam siiaonanm
straiieiti. at mraot ahur mazda: yaa atahmi
ahuu yat astuuaiti fratm.nmnahe nmn.paitm paiti tar.pim
daiiit, aa striieiti.
Creator etc., he who leaves a shepherd dog without sufficient food,
how much does he sin (on account of) these actions? Thus spoke Ahura
Mazd: as if in this life, which is bony, the lord of a foremost house were
left without sufficient food, he sins that much.
13.21 dtar etc. y spnm tar.pim daste yim vihaurum, cuuat
atam siiaonanm
straiieiti. at mraot ahur mazda: yaa atahmi
ahuu yat astuuaiti mam.nmnahe nmn.paitm paiti tar.pim daiiit, aa striieiti.
Creator etc., he who leaves a guard dog without sufficient food, how
much does he sin (on account of) these actions? Thus spoke Ahura
Mazd: as if in this life, which is bony, the lord of a middling house were
left without sufficient food, he sins that much.
13.22 dtar etc. y spnm tar.pim daste yim vohunazgm, cuuat
atam siiaonanm
straiieiti. at mraot ahur mazda: narm bit
ia asa uuanm jastm ahmiia nmne mat auuabii daxtbii yaa
rauua paiti tar.pim daiiit aa striieiti
Creator etc., he who leaves a hunting dog without sufficient food,
how much does he sin (on account of) these actions? Thus spoke Ahura
Mazd: as if in this life, which is bony, no less than a truthful man who
enters into his house with his appearance like a priest were left without
sufficient food, he sins that much.
13.23 dtar etc. y spnm tar.pim daste yim taurunm, cuuat
atam siiaonanm
straiieiti. at mraot ahur mazda: yaa atahmi
114
chapter 5 texts
13.28 atm z atahmi ahuu yat astuuaiti spitama zarautra, sptahe mainii u dmanm sitm zauruunm upiti yat spn yi
hitte axvar upa xvartm par spasn uuidn, par xuuisca
zitica g u mat baratu xvaranm snahe, auua he ditii.pim
Because in this life, which is bony, o Spitama Zarathustra, the fastest
among the creatures of the beneficient spirit to go into old age, as regards
dogs, are those which stand without eating alongside one who is eating,
lying in wait without receiving anything. Bring milk and fat along with
meat as the food of the dog. That is its proper food.
13.29 dtar etc. yat ahmi nmne yat mzdaiiasni sp auuaca v bauuat
aitii.xratu, kua t vrziin ate yi mazdaiiasna
Creator etc., if in a house which is of a Mazdayasnian there is a mute
dog [scil. a dog that bites], lacking proper judgement, how shall those
Mazdayasnians act here?
13.30 at mraot ahur mazda: auua h baraiin ttm duru upa tm
manaorm, stamanm h at niizaiin ati.mas xraoduuahe bi
atauuat varduuahe.
Thus spoke Ahura Mazd: they shall place a cut piece of wood about
its neck, they shall close shut its mouth with this, an ati in length in case
of a hard piece, twice of that in length in case of a soft piece.
13.31 atahmtcit nidarzaiin, fra hmcit nidarzaiin yezi nit sp
auuaca v aitii.xratu pasm v narm v raaiit
They shall tie it [scil. the wood] on it [scil. the mouth], they shall secure
him with it, so that the mute dog lacking proper judgment does not harm
the livestock or a man.
41.2 The Yasna Haptahiti
In the middle of the Yasna (chapters 35 to 41) is found the only OAv. text in prose
that we possess. Its liturgical style is marked by parallelism and repetition.
Y 37.13 i t yazamaid ahurm mazdm, y gmc as mc dt, apasc
dt uruuarasc vavh, raocasc dt bmmca vspc voh | ahii
xarc maz nc hauuapahica. t m at yasnanm pauruuatt yaza
maid, yi g u hac siieit
| t m at hirii nm n mazd.var
+spt.tm yazamaid. t m ahmki +azdbc utnic yazamaid. t m as unm frauuas narmc nirinmc yazamaid.
41 introduction
115
So now we worship Ahura Mazda, who created the cow and the truth,
(who) created the waters and the good plants, (who) created the lights
and the earth and all good things | through his control and greatness
and skillfulness. We worship him with the excellence of the sacrifices
that dwell alongside the cow. | We worship him with the Ahurian names,
which Mazd chooses, the most beneficient ones. We worship him with
our bodies and lives. We worship him in the Fravais of the truthful ones,
of the men and of the women.
41.3 The Gathas (Gs)
Chapters 2834, 4351, and 53 contain the Gathas, which are poetic texts in various meters making a total of 855 verses. As regards their content and language,
the Gathas represent the oldest form of Avestan. Given that Zarathustra speaks
in the first person in some poems, and on account of the special religious content of the texts, it is thought that the Gathas may have been composed by the
prophet Zarathustra himself. Although such a claim is unverifiable, the value
of the Gathas for Iranian religious history and for comparative linguistics is, on
all points, inestimable. It should be kept in mind that the form of the verses,
and the compact and metaphorical style employed therein, makes the Gathas
almost always difficult to interpret.
In Yasna 43, Zarathustra tells his god Ahura Mazd how he received his
prophetic calling from the Beneficient Spirit. Each strophe contains five verses
of 4+7 syllables.
43.5 sptm at mazd m h ahur |
hiiat ah u zi darsm
116
chapter 5 texts
43.10 at t mi di as m hiiat m
41 introduction
43.12 hiiatc mi mrao as m jas
as m siiaoani
voh daidt
manah
117
And when you tell me you reach
truth in your foresight, then you
do not impose on me things that
can be disobeyed, so that I arise
before obedience will come to me,
accompanied by reward having great
wealth, who will distribute rewards
on both sides in abundance.
I realized that you are beneficient, o
AM, when he surrounds me with
good thought, to achieve the
aspirations of (my) desire, you give
me that of a long life, which no one
holds you [pl.] to go (through with),
that of a desirable existence, which is
said to be within your control.
Because a man who receives it and
has it available would give it to a
friend, (give) me your forethoughtful
support, o Wisdom. Because (this)
is attained with your rule in the
company of truth, in order that I
rise up together with all those who
memorize your mantras, to expel
those who challenge your teaching.
I realized that you are beneficient, o
AM, when he surrounds me with
good thought. A peaceful mind
teaches one to say what is best; a
man should not wish to satisfy the
many liars. These ones say that all the
wicked ones are truthful.
O Ahura, this Zarathustra chooses
the spirit, o Mazd, whichever of
yours is the most beneficial. May the
bony truth be strong through its
vitality. May right-mindedness in its
reign be in the sight of the sun. Grant
reward through actions by means of
good thought.
Bibliography
Electronic Editions
http://titus.uni-frankfurt.de/texte/etcs/iran/airan/avesta/avest.htm
Avestan Digital Archive: http://www.avesta-archive.com
Chrestomathy
Reichelt, Hans, Avesta Reader. Texts, Notes, Glossary, and Index. Strasbourg 1911.
Translations
Darmesteter, J. & Mills, L. , The Zend-Avesta, Oxford 18801887 (repr. 1972).
Darmesteter, J., Le Zend-Avesta, Paris 18921893 (repr. Paris 1960).
Wolff, Fritz, Avesta: die heiligen Bcher der Parsen, bersetzt auf der Grundlage von
Chr. Bartholomaes altiranischem Wrterbuch, Strasbourg 1910.
Edition
Geldner, Karl, Avesta. The Sacred Books of the Parsis, Stuttgart 18861896 (repr. 1991).
120
bibliography
bibliography
121
122
bibliography
Glossary
In the following pages, we offer a glossary of the words contained in the texts
of 41. The numbers refer to the corresponding nominal or verbal class. Young
Avestan forms are unmarked. In verbs, active voice is unmarked.
The alphabetical order followed is: a a e o i u k x x xv g ()
c j t d t p f b n v n m m () y v r s z s s h.
a-/i- dem.pron. this 22.2.1: gen.sg.m. ahii
(OAv.), dat.pl.m.n. aibii, loc.sg.m.n. ahmi,
ahmiia
auua- one 21.1; this 20.2
ata- that there 22.2.2: nom.sg.n. atm,
abl.sg.m.n. atahmt, loc.sg.m.n. atahmi,
nom.du.n. ate, gen.pl.m.n. atam
atauuat- as, so, so much 18.3: gen.sg.n.
atauuat
aa- vigorous 19.1/2: acc.sg.m. am
aoxt.nman(a)- invocatory (lit.
speaking the name) 18.4/19.1: inst.sg.m.
aoxt.nmana
aoj- speak 32.1: 1.sg.pres.mid.inj. aoj (OAv.)
aojah- n. might 18.7: acc.sg. aoj
aojhuuat- (OAv.) mighty, strong 18.3:
nom.sg.n. aojhuuat
aiiao- iiuaiiar- n. day 18.6: acc.sg. aiiar (OAv.)
aib prep. about, regarding + loc. 23.3
aii.aojah- overwhelming in might 18.7:
nom.sg.m aii.aoja
aiit.tarti- frighteningly harnessed 19.5:
gen.sg.m. aiit.tarti
aii.vaniiah- victorious 18.7: nom.sg.m
aii.vaniia
auua adv. towards
auua- dem.pron. that there 22.2.5: nom.sg.m.
huu (OAv.), nom.sg.f. hu, inst.pl.f.
auuabii
auuacah- mute 18.7: nom.sg.m. auuaca
auui- descend: 3.sg.pres.ind. auuiti
auui prep. + acc. towards 23.3
auui.ama- very strong 19.1: gen.sg.m.
auui.amahe
124
ara- n. intent, aspiration 19.1: acc.pl. ar
(OAv.)
ast- n. bone 18.1: inst.pl. azdb (OAv.)
asti ahastuuat- bony 18.3: nom.sg.n. astuuat,
dat.sg.m. astuuaite, loc.sg.m. astuuaiti,
gen.pl.f. astuuaitinm
aspa- horse 19.1: gen.sg. aspahe, gen.pl.
aspanm
aspiia- of a horse, pertaining to a horse 19.1/2:
acc.sg.f. aspiim
asruta- disobeyed 19.1/2: acc.pl.n. asrut
(OAv.)
aza- drive, impel 32.4: az 32.1
azm pers.pron. of the 1st pers.sg. 22.1: acc.sg.
mm, acc.sg.encl. m, gen.dat.sg.encl. m,
mi (OAv.), dat.sg. maibii (OAv.)
azdb astata eight 21.1
ati.masah- of an ati in length 18.7: acc.sg.n.
ati.mas
atr- f. whip 19.2: inst.sg. atraiia
a.dnu- having plump grain 19.5: gen.pl.m.
a.dnunm
asa - n. truth 19.1: acc.sg. as m, gen.sg. asa hii
(OAv.), abl.sg. as t, inst.sg. as
asa uuan- truthful 18.4.: voc.sg. aum,
acc.sg.m. asa uuanm, dat.sg.m. as un
(OAv.), acc.pl.m. asa on, gen.pl.m.
as unm (OAv.)
asi - reward 19.5: acc.sg. as m, inst.sg. as ,
acc.pl. as
ah- be 32.1: 1.sg.pres.ind. ahmi, ahm (OAv.),
2.sg. ah (OAv.), 3.sg. asti, 1.sg.pres.opt.
x iim (OAv.), 3.sg. x iit (OAv.)
ahii a-/iahu- life, existence 19.5: gen.sg. ahu
(OAv.), dat.sg. avhe, loc.sg. ahuu
ahura- m. Ahura 19.1: nom.sg. ahur, voc.sg.
ahura, ahur (OAv.), acc.sg. ahurm
ahmka- our 19.1: inst.pl.m. ahmki
ahmi ah-; a-/iahmiia a-/iahm ah adv. against, until, towards, for + acc. 23.9
glossary
at so, then, but
iiu- n. age, life 19.5: gen.sg. yao (OAv.),
aiiao
tar- n. fire 18.5: dat.sg. r (OAv.)
rauuan- m. priest 18.4: nom.sg. rauua
d- say 32.6: 3.pl.perf.ind. dar (OAv.)
t (OAv.) then, so, for 37.2
p- f. water 18.1: voc.pl. p, acc.pl. apas-c,
gen.pl. apm
rm arrmaiti- f. right-mindedness 19.5: nom.sg.
rmaiti, inst.sg. rmait (OAv.)
sita- swiftest 19.1/2: nom.sg.n. sitm
-straiia- make oneself sinful 32.4:
3.sg.pres.ind. straiiaeiti
striia- sin 32.4: 3.sg.pres.ind. striieiti
ziti f. fat 19.5: nom.sg. ziti-ca
hiriia- ahurian, pertaining to Ahura 19.1/2:
acc.pl.n. hirii (OAv.)
uuidan- without receiving anything 18.4:
nom.pl.m. uuidn
rzu- f. puberty 19.2: acc.sg. rzum
mauuat- (OAv.) strong 18.3: acc.sg.m.
mauuatm, gen.pl.m. mauuatm
hm vam
i-/aii- go 32.1: 3.sg.pres.ind. aiti, inf. it (OAv.)
it i-/aiii (OAv.) thus, so
ira here, now
ia here
isa- seek 32.4: 3.sg.pres.ind. isaiti,
3.sg.pres.mid.ind. isaite, 1.sg.pres.mid.opt.
isii (OAv.)
is(a)- be able 32.1/4: 1.sg.pres.mid.subj. isi
(OAv.)
isuuan- (be/have) available 18.4: nom.sg.m.
isuu
t i-/hti- f. wealth 19.5: acc.sg. tm
i-/h- encl.pers.pron. of the 3rd pers. 22.1.6:
acc.sg.m.f. dim, acc.sg.f. hm, acc.sg.n. t,
gen.dat.sg. h, hi (OAv.)
uxa- n. word 19.1: acc.pl. ux (OAv.), inst.pl.
uxi
udra- m. otter 19.1: nom.pl. udra
glossary
upa prep. around, (up) to + acc. 23.10
upi- = upa + i-/aii- approach, draw near to
(+ acc.): 3.sg.pres.ind. upiti
uppa- aquatic 19.1: nom.pl. uppa
upza- (= upa + aza-) impose 32.4:
3.sg.pres.opt. upzit
upzana- n. lash 19.1: gen.pl. upzananm
ufiia- extol 32.4.: 1.sg.pres.ind. ufii-c
(OAv.)
uruuasa- m. turn 19.1: loc.sg. uruuas
(OAv.)
uruuan- m. soul, spirit 18.4: gen.sg. urun
uruuar- f. plant 19.2: voc.pl. uruuara s-ca,
acc.pl. uruuara s-c (OAv.)
uruuitra- n. retreat 19.1: acc.sg. uruuitrm
urupi- m. weasel 19.5: gen.sg. urupi
urun uruuanus adv. outside, above
uz-ar- raise, rise: mid.inf. 32.1 uzridiii
(OAv.)
uta- wish 19.1: nom.pl. uta
utatt- f. good fortune 18.2: acc.sg. utattm
utna- m./n. life, vitality 19.1: inst.sg. utn
(OAv.), inst.pl. utni
utra- m. camel 19.1: gen.pl. utranm
vacusiii
ka- who? 22.5: nom.sg.m. k, nom.sg.f. k,
gen.sg. kahii (OAv.), dat.sg.m. kahmi
kauruua- bald, hairless 19.1/2: gen.sg.m.
kauruuahe
kauruu.gaoa- having hairless ears 19.1/2:
gen.sg.m. kauruu.gaoahe
kauruu.dma- having a hairless tail 19.1/2:
gen.sg.m. kauruu.dmahe
kauruu.bara- having a hairless back
19.1/2: gen.sg.m. kauruu.barahe
ka (OAv.) how, why?
kasu.dnu- having fine grains 19.5: gen.pl.n.
kasu.dnunm
kma- m. desire 19.1: gen.sg. kmahii (OAv.)
khrp- f. body, form 18.1: inst.sg. khrpa,
acc.sg. khrpm
kuua where?
kua how
xraoduua- hard 19.1: gen.sg.n. xraoduuahe
125
xratu- m. thought 19.5: gen.sg. xratu (OAv.)
xara- n. rule, reign, control 19.1: inst.sg.
xar (OAv.), loc.sg. xari (OAv.)
xapan- f. night 18.4: acc.pl. xapan
xaiia- rule 32.4: nom.sg.m. of pres.part.
xaiis
xuua six
xuuid- m. milk 18.1: nom.sg. xuuis-ca
xm ym
x iit ahx ii m ahxvara- eat 32.4: acc.sg.m. of pres.part.
xvartm
xvara- n. food 19.1: gen.pl. xvaranm
xv g- huuargairi- m. mountain 19.5: gen.pl. gairinm
ga- f. creature 19.2: nom.pl. gaa , gen.pl.
gaanm, abl.pl. gabii, loc.pl.
gah (OAv.)
gaoiia- of a cow, pertaining to a cow 19.1/2:
acc.sg.f. gaoiim
gaomauuat- with milk 18.3: dat.abl.pl.f.
gaomauuaitibii
gauu- cow, bull; meat: acc.sg. gm, gen.abl.sg.
gu, gen.pl. gauum
gam go, come 32.1: 3.sg.aor.subj. jimat
-ca, -c (OAv.) encl. and
cixnua- wish to satisfy 25.17, 32.4:
nom.sg.m. of pres.part. cixnu
ci- f. punishment, penance 19.2: nom.sg.
cia
-cit, -ct (OAv.) affirmative or emphatic
pariticle
ci-/ca- who?, someone 22.5.1: nom.sg.m. ci,
ci-c (OAv.)
cuuat how much?
jan-/n- beat, strike 32.1: 3.sg.pres.ind. jaiti
jasa- go, come 25.16, 32.4: 2.sg.pres.inj.
jas, 3.pl.pres.subj. jasa ti, acc.sg.m. of
pres.part. jastm
jau- m. hedgehog 19.5: gen.sg. jaao
jimat gamtauu tm
tauruna- young 19.1/2: acc.sg.m. taurunm
taa so, then
126
tat ha-/tatan- m.f. body 19.4: dat.sg. tanuiie, loc.pl.
tanuu-c (OAv.)
tar.pia- lacking in food 19.1/2: acc.sg.m.
tar.pim
tcit ha-/tatiiu- m. thief 19.5: acc.pl. tii
ti ha-/tatta- shaped, formed 19.1/2: acc.sg.n. ttm
ta ha-/tatm ha-/tat m ha-/tat tm; ha-/tati tm; ha-/tatitriia- m. Titria 19.1: nom.sg. titriias-ca,
titrii, acc.sg. titrm
tii.dta- having sharp teeth 19.1/2: gen.sg.m
tii.dtahe
tuna- peaceful 19.1/2: nom.sg.f. tun (OAv.)
t tm
tm pers.pron. of the 2nd pers.sg. you 22.1:
nom.encl. t, acc.encl. , gen. tauu
(OAv.), gen.dat.encl. t, ti (OAv.)
a- possessive pron. your 22.4: gen.sg.m.
ahii (OAv.), inst.sg.m.n. (OAv.),
loc.sg.m. ahm (OAv.), loc.pl.f. h
(OAv.)
tm
rra- n. protection 19.1: acc.sg. rrm
ri.aiiara- lasting three days 19.1/2: acc.sg.n.
ri.aiiarm
ri.xapara- lasting three nights 19.1/2:
acc.sg.n. ri.xaparm
ritiia- third 19.1/2, 21.2: nom.pl.f ritiia
dauua- m. demon 19.1: nom.sg. dauuas-ca,
dauu, acc.sg. dam
dan- f. religion 19.2: voc.sg. dane
daiiit ddaidt ddaxa- show 32.4: 3.sg.pres.inj. daxsat
daxra- m. daxra (meaning unknown)
19.1: voc.sg. daxr (OAv.)
daxta- n. characteristic 19.1: dat.abl.pl.
daxtbii (19.2)
daa- reddish 19.1: gen.sg.m daahe
glossary
dam dda hu- f. country 19.5: voc.pl. da hauu
dar- hold, support 32.5: 3.sg.aor.inj. drt
(OAv.)
darga- (OAv.) long 19.1/2: gen.sg.n.
dargahii
darsa- m. appearance; sight 19.1: loc.sg.
darsi (OAv.)
dars- see, look 32.1: 1.sg.aor.inj. darsm
dasa(-) ten 21.1: indecl. dasa, gen.pl.m.f.
dasanm
daste ddahm.krta- made by a dahma 19.1/2:
acc.sg.m. dahm.krtm
d give; put; make 32.1/2: 1.sg.pres.inj.
dam, 3.sg.pres.mid.inj. daste, adaste,
3.sg.pres.opt. daiiit, daidt (OAv.),
2.sg.aor.inj. da , 3.sg.aor.inj. dt (OAv.),
2.pl.aor.inj. dt (OAv.), 3.sg.aor.opt. diit,
diit (OAv.), 1.sg.aor.mid.opt. dii (OAv.),
2.sg.aor.mid.opt. d
ditii.gtu- in the proper place 19.5:
nom.sg.m. ditii.gtu
ditii.pia- n. proper food: nom.sg.
ditii.pim
di disduru- n. wood 19.5: acc.sg. duru
dtar- m. creator 18.5: voc.sg. dtar
dbaiia- deceive 32.4: 3.sg.ind.pres. dbaiieit
(OAv.)
dman- n. creature 18.4: gen.pl. dmanm
dmi- f. creation 19.5: gen.sg. dmi
drt dardh- teach 32.2: 1.sg.pres.mid.ind. dda h
(OAv.)
dii ddiit ddim i-/hdis point, show 32.5: 2.sg.aor.inj. di (OAv.)
dda h dhd dduuaah- n. (OAv.) hostility 18.7: acc.pl.
duuaa
drguuat- m. (OAv.) liar 18.3: dat.sg.
drguuit, acc.pl. drguuat
glossary
paoiriia- first 19.1/2, 21.2: acc.sg.n. paoirm,
acc.pl.f. paoiriia
paouruiia- (OAv.) first 19.1/2: acc.sg.m.
paouruum
paiti adv. to(wards) 23.14
paitiia c- against, opposed to 18.2: nom.sg.m.
paiti.y
pairiiaoj- (pairi + aoj-) impose 32.1:
2.sg.pres.mid.inj. pairiiao (OAv.)
pair.jasa- surround 32.4: 3.sg.pres.inj.
pair.jasat
pauruuatt- excellence 18.2: inst.sg.
pauruuatt (OAv.)
paca five 21.1
paca.dasah- fifteen 18.7: gen.sg.m.
paca.dasah
par adv. before 23.16
pari = para + i-/aii- go foward 32.1:
3.sg.pres.ind. pariti
par adv. beside, further 23.17
parta- asked 19.1: nom.sg.n. partm (OAv.),
nom.pl.n. part (OAv.)
pasu- m. cattle, livestock 19.5: acc.sg.
pasm
pasu.hauruua- shepherding 19.1/2:
nom.sg.m. pasu.hauruu, acc.sg.m.
pasu.haurum
prsa- ask 32.4: 3.sg.pres.inj. prsat,
2.sg.pres.impv. prs-c
prsaniia- ask 32.4: 3.sg.pres.ind.
prsaniieiti
frasa- m./n. (OAv.) consultation 19.1: acc.sg.
frasm
fras- (OAv.) f. question 19.2: dat.sg.
frasaiii
frauuasi - f. Fravai 19.5: acc.pl. frauuas
fratmn.nmna- n. foremost house 19.1:
gen.sg. fratmn.nmnahe
frazbaoah- taking away the consciousness
18.7: acc.sg.m. frazbaoahm
fr adv. forth, forward 23.19
friiaza- ( fr + yaza-) honor 32.4:
3.sg.pres.mid.subj. friiazite
frxnna- (OAv.) m./n. foresight 19.1: loc.sg.
fraxnan
127
frxnna- (OAv.) foresightful one 19.1:
acc.sg.n. frxnnm
frda- prosper 32.4: 3.pl.pres.mid.ind.
frdt (OAv.)
frs- attain ( fra- + s nas-) 32.1:
3.sg.aor.mid.inj.
friia- friend 19.1/2: dat.sg.m. friii
bauua- be(come) 32.4: 3.sg.pres.ind. bauuaiti,
3.sg.pres.inj. bauuat, 3.sg.pres.subj. bauut
baxta- n. destiny; disgrace 19.1: acc.sg. baxtm
bara bear, carry 32.4: 3.sg.pres.impv. baratu,
3.du.pres.ind. barat, 3.pl.pres.opt.
baraiin
bzu- m. arm, leg 19.5: acc.pl. bzu
brzat- high 18.3: gen.sg.m. brzat
bit nothing less than
bitiia- second 19.1/2, 21.1: acc.pl.f. bitiia
bi twice
bmi- f. earth 19.5: acc.sg. bmm
bti- f. adornment 19.5: acc.pl. bt
naci-/naca- no one 22.5.1: nom.sg.m.
naci, acc.sg.m. nacim
nar- m. man 18.5: nom.sg. n, acc.sg. narm,
gen.sg. nar, gen.pl. narm
nas- reach
nir- f. woman 19.3: gen.pl. nirinm
nuuaiia- rich in waters 19.1/2: gen.pl.
nuuaiianm
nman- n. name 18.4: acc.pl. nmn (OAv.)
na vam
nmah- n. reverance, homage 18.7: gen.sg.
nmah
nit not
niiza- (ni + aza-) close, tighten 32.4:
3.pl.pres.opt. niizaiin
ni-darza- tie, bind; hold down 32.4:
3.pl.pres.opt nidarzaiin
ni-mr- utter 32.1: 3.sg.pres.mid.ind.
nimrite
ni-mrauua- utter 32.4: 3.sg.pres.mid.ind.
nimrauuaite
ni-duuara- run/chase (out): 3.sg.pres.ind.
niduuaraiti
nrm now
nmna- n. house 19.1: loc.sg. nmne
128
nmn.paiti- m. master of the house 19.5:
acc.sg. nmn.paitm
maiti- f. mind 19.5: nom.sg. maiti
maibii azm
mam.nmna- n. house of
middling importance 19.1: gen.sg.
mam.nmnahe
mat prep./posp. + gen. with
man- think, realize: 1.sg.aor.mid.inj. mgh
manaor- f. neck 19.3: acc.sg. manaorm
manah- n. thought 18.7: inst.sg. manah
(OAv.)
maiia- be aware, think about 32.4:
1.sg.pres.mid.subj. mainiii
maiiu- spirit 19.5: acc.sg. mainiim, gen.sg.
mainiiu, inst.sg. mainii (OAv.)
mara- memorize 32.4: 3.pl.pres.ind. mart
(OAv.)
mazan- n. greatness 18.4: inst.sg. mazn-c
(OAv.)
mazd- m. Mazd 18.1: nom.sg. mazda ,
voc.sg. mazda, mazd (OAv.), acc.sg.
mazdm
mazdaiiasna- Mazdayasnian 19.1/2: nom.pl.
mazdaiiasna
mazd.vara- which Mazd chooses 19.1/2:
acc.pl.n. mazd.var (OAv.)
masi ia- m. mortal, man 19.1: loc.pl. masi ias
masi ika- m. man 19.1: nom.pl. masi ika
m azm
mzdaiiesni- Mazdayasnian 19.5: voc.sg.f.
mzdaiiesne
mra- m. mantra 19.1.: acc.pl. (sic!) mra
mm azm
m gh manmdauuat- having prizes 18.3: acc.pl.n.
mdauun (OAv.)
mrauu-/mr- speak 32.1: 2.sg.pres.inj. mrao,
3.sg.pres.inj. mraot, 2.pl.pres.inj. mraot
(OAv.)
ya- relative pron. which, who 22.3: nom.sg.m
y (OAv.), yas-t, y, acc.sg.m. ym (OAv.),
yim, gen.sg.n. yehii, inst.sg.m. y, loc.sg.m.
yahm (OAv.), nom.pl.m. yi, nom.acc.pl.n.
y(-c) (OAv.), nom.sg.f. y
glossary
yaon.xvapta- sleeping in its den 19.1/2:
gen.sg.m. yaon.xvaptahe
yao iiuyaodra- n. purification 19.1: acc.sg.
yaodrm
yauua- wheat 19.1: gen.pl. yauuanm
yauuat as much as
yaa as, when 37.3
yana- m. strength, force 19.1: inst.sg.
yan
yasna- m. sacrifice, act of worship 19.1: inst.sg.
yasna, gen.pl. yasnanm
yaza- worship, honor 32.4: 1.sg.pres.mid.ind.
yaze, 1.pl.pres.mid.ind. yazamaid
(OAv.), 3.pl.pres.ind.mid. yazte,
3.pl.pres.mid.opt. yazaiiata
yaziia- be worshiped 32.4: 3.pl.pres.ind.
yaziti
yh- n. girdle 18.1: nom.sg. ya
yeii if 37.3
yesniia- deserving of worship 19.1/2:
nom.sg.m. yesniias-ca
yezi if 37.3
yiiia- fight 32.4: 3.du.pres.ind. yiiia
yjiiasti- f. yjiiasti- (a measure of distance):
acc.sg. yjiiastm
ym pers.pron. of the 2nd pers.pl. you, you
all 22.1: acc.encl. va , acc.gen.dat.encl. v,
inst. xm (OAv.)
vada- find 32.4: nom.sg.m. of pres.mid.part.
vadmn (OAv.)
vam pers.pron of the 1st pers.pl. we 22.1: acc.
hm (OAv.), acc.encl. na (OAv.)
vairiia- to be chosen, desirable 19.1/2:
gen.sg.f. vairiia
vac speak, say 32.1: 3.sg.aor.pass.inj. vc
(OAv.)
(OAv.), inf. usiii
vahu- good 19.3,5: acc.sg.f. vavm, dat.sg.n.
vahauu (OAv.), inst.sg.n. voh (OAv.),
acc.pl.f. vavh, acc.pl.n. voh (OAv.)
var choose, want 32.3: 3.sg.pres.mid.ind.
vrt (OAv.)
varduua- soft 19.1: gen.sg.n. varduuahe
vas-/us- wish, want 32.1: 2.sg.pres.ind. va
(OAv.)
glossary
vasas.xara- m. (OAv.) who rules
according to his own will 19.1: gen.sg.
vasas.xarahii
vaza- lead, drive 32.4: nom.sg.m. of
pres.mid.part. vazmn
vahita- best 19.1/2: acc.sg.n. vahitm
vahmiia- deserving of praise 19.1/2:
nom.sg.m. vahmiias-ca
v or 37.2
vc vacvstra- n. pasture, meadow 19.1: gen.pl.
vstranm
va ym
v- f. herd: acc.sg. vm
vrt varvrziia- carry out, execute, do 32.4:
3.sg.pres.subj. vrziit, 3.pl.pres.subj.
vrziin, mid.inf. vrziieidiii (OAv.)
vhrka- m. wolf 19.1: acc.sg. vhrkm
vourukasa - Vourukasa (lit.: having a wide
bay) 19.1/2: acc.sg.n. vourukas m, abl.sg.
vourukas t
voh vahuvohunazga- for hunting (of dogs) 19.1/2:
nom.sg.m. vohunazg, acc.sg.m.
vohunazgm
v ym
vizdiii vidviia- pursue, chase 32.4: 3.sg.pres.ind.
viieiti
viixmaiia- proclaim, speak aloud 32.4:
3.sg.pres.mid.ind. viixmaniiete
vid- find; know 32.6: act.inf. v-uuduii,
mid.inf. vizdiii
vi.hauruua- guardian (lit: protecting the
village) 19.1/2: nom.sg.m. vi.hauruu,
acc.sg.m. vi.haurum
v adv. apart
vuuduii vidvkrt.utna- which cuts away life 19.1/2:
acc.sg.m. vkrt.utanm
vra- m. man 19.1.: acc.sg. vrm
vriia- pertaining to men, manly 19.1/2:
acc.sg.f. vriim
vs- f. tribe, village 18.1: abl.pl. vibii
129
vspa- all 19.1/2: acc.pl.m. vspg (OAv.),
acc.pl.n. vsp-c (OAv.), gen.pl.m.
vspanm, inst.pl.m. vspi
vzu- m. vzu (an animal) 19.5: gen.sg. vzao
vibii vsrauuat- brilliant, splendid 18.3: nom.sg.m.
rauua , acc.sg.m. rauuatm
raaiia- mix 32.4: 3.sg.pres.ind. raaiieiti
raaiia- damage 32.4: 3.sg.pres.subj. raaiit
raoxnu- n.? light: loc.pl. raoxnuuua
raocah- n. light 18.7: acc.pl. raoca s-c (OAv.)
raopi- m. fox 19.5: gen.sg. raopi
ratu- m. judgment 18,5: acc.pl. rat
rapiina- pertaining to midday 19.1/2:
acc.sg.m. rapiinm
rafnah- n. support 18.7: nom.acc.sg. rafn
rt- f. gift 19.2: acc.sg. rtm
rna- m. side, part 19.1: dat.pl. rnibii
(OAv.)
sauua- n. abundance: loc.sg. sauui (OAv.)
sata- one hundred 21.1: acc.pl.n. sata
sad- seem 32.5: 3.sg.aor.inj. ss (OAv.)
sardan- f. challenge; challenger 19.2: acc.pl.
sardana
sdra- n. defeat 19.1: acc.sg. sdrm
sdra- deceptive 19.1/2: nom.sg.f. sdr (OAv.)
sma- black 19.1/2: gen.sg.m. smahe
ss sadsraoa- m. (OAv.) obedience: nom.sg.
srao
s gha- (OAv.) explain: 3.sg.pres.ind.
sghait
s gha- (OAv.) m. explanation: gen.sg.
sghahii
sukuruna- m. porcupine 19.1: gen.sg.
sukurunahe
snahe span/snstauu-/stu- praise 32.1: 1.sg.pres.ind. staom
(OAv.)
staman- m. mouth 18.4.: stamm
sti- f. existence 19.5: gen.sg. sti
spacira- canine 19.1/2: gen.pl.m.
spaciranm
span-/sn- m. dog 18.1/4: nom.sg. sp, acc.sg.
spnm, gen.sg. snahe, nom.pl. spn
130
spasan- spying 18.4: nom.pl.m. spasn
spta- beneficient 19.1/2: acc.sg.m. sptm,
gen.sg.m. sptahe, inst.sg.m. spt (OAv.)
spt.tma- most beneficient 19.1/2:
acc.pl.n. spt.tm (OAv.)
spt.mainiiauua- pertaining to the
beneficient spirit 19.1/2: gen.pl.m.
spt.mainiiauuanm
sp nita- (OAv.) most beneficient 19.1/2:
nom.sg.m. spnit
spitama- m. Spitama 19.1: voc.sg. spitama
spiti.dira- having white eyes 19.1/2:
gen.sg.m. spiti.dirahe
snaa- m. blow, hit 19.1: acc.sg. snam
sraoa- pay attention: nom.sg.m. of pres.part.
sraomn
srao.caran- scourge 19.2: inst.sg.
srao.caranaiia
srra- beautiful 19.1/2: gen.sg.m. srrahe
zaor- f. libation 19.2: dat.abl.pl. zaorbii
zaozao-/zaoz- call 32.1 (present intensive
25.2b): 1.sg.pres.ind. zaozaom (OAv.)
zairi.gaoa- having yellow ears 19.1/2:
gen.sg.m. ziri.gaoahe
zauruuan- m. old age 18.4: acc.sg.
zauruunm
zarautra- m. Zarathustra 19.1: nom.sg.
zarautr, voc.sg. zarautra
zaranii.aiina- having a golden bridle
19.1/2: gen.sg.m. zaranii.aiinahe
zaranii.sruua- having golden horns 19.1/2:
gen.sg.m. zaranii.sruuahe
zarazditi- f. faith 19.5: nom.sg. zarazditi
za- n. creation, generation 19.1: loc.sg. zi
(OAv.)
z because
zraiiah- n. lake 18.7: acc.sg. zraii, abl.sg.
zraiiahat
zruuan- m. time 18.4: acc.sg. zruunm
glossary
siia-/s
ii(OAv.)
inst.pl. siiaoani
gen.pl. siiaonanm
siiaonuuarzm
ha-/ta- dem.pron. this 22.2: nom.sg.m. h,
nom.sg.n. tat, acc.sg.m. tm (OAv.), acc.sg.f.
tm, nom.du.m. t-cit (ta ), nom.pl.m. t, ti
(OAv.), inst.pl.m. ti
haomauuat- with haoma 18.3: dat.abl.pl.f.
haomauuaitibii
haiiia- truthful 19.1/2: nom.sg.m. haiii
hauua- own 22.4: gen.sg.m. hauuahe-ca
hauuapaha- (OAv.) skillfulness 19.1: inst.pl.
hauuapahi
haca (OAv.): posp. + gen.abl. (outside) of,
from; according to; together with 23.24
haca- follow 32.4: nom.sg.m. of pres.part.
hacimn
hapta seven 21.1
hu auuahr.masah- a hra in length 18.7:
acc.sg.m. hr.masahm
hm adv. together 23.27
h i-/hh ha-/tahi i-/hhiiat (OAv.) that, because, since, when 37.3
hita- stand: 3.pl.pres.mid.ind. hitte
hm i-/hhuuar- n. sun 18.6: gen.sg. xvg (OAv.)
huu auuahunairiia k- dextrous 18.2: gen.sg.m.
hunairiia c
hunara- m. skill 19.1: gen.pl. hunaranm,
inst.sg. hunar
Word Index
Avestan (131), Old Church Slavic (149), Old English (149), Gothic (149), Greek (149), Hittite (150),
Old Irish (150), Latin (150), Lithuanian (151), Oscan (151), Pli (151), Old Persian (151), Prkrit (151),
Proto-Indo-European (151), Proto-Indo-Iranian (153), Sanskrit (153), Umbrian (158). Words are
indicated by section numbers, footnotes are preceded by the number of the chapter in which
they occur. For instance, fn. 2.1 = footnote 1 in chapter 2, etc.
Avestan
a/an/ana- 39.3
a-/i- 22.1.6
a-/i-/ima- 22.2.1, 22.5.2
aibii 8.1, 22.1.1, 22.2.1, 36.3
aibi 22.2.1
auua- 20.2, 21, 21.1, 22.2.1
auua ha 20.2
auuadasa- 21.2
auuahmi 20.2
ata- 7.5.2, 22.2.1, 22.2.3, 22.3
ata 22.2.3
ataibii 22.2.3
ataca 22.2.3
atam 22.2.3
atau 22.2.3
atauua 22.2.3
ataiia 22.2.3
ataiia 22.2.3
ataiiascit 22.2.3
atat 22.2.3
atahm 22.2.3
ata ha 7.5.2, 22.2.3
atahmi 22.2.3
atahmt 22.2.3
atahmi 22.2.3
atahmiia 22.2.3
atcit 22.2.3
atbii 22.2.3
ata 22.2.3
atas.t 22.2.3
at 22.2.3
atm 22.2.3
at 22.2.3
ate 7.11.3, 22.2.3, 37.3
arapaiti 19.5.9
am 10.1.2, 22.2.1
asma- 10.1.1
asm 7.9.3
aa- 10.1.1
aa 22.2.3
a 22.2.3
am 22.2.1
ama- 10.1.1
a 22.2.3
aiin 32.5
au 22.2.1
auua 22.2.1
aoi 10.3.2, 11.1.4, 23
aoui 11.1.4
aoxta 11.11.1, 32.1
aogd 11.11.1, 32.1
aog 11.11.1, 11.20.5
aog 11.12.2, 36.3
aoj 11.11.1, 26.1, 32.1
aojaite 32.1
aojah- 10.3.1, 11.12.2
aojah 11.12.2
aoji 32.1
aoji 32.1
aojiiah- 20.1.1
aojita- 20.1.1
aoj 32.1
aojta 32.1
aom 22.2.5
aoah- 10.3.1
aii-/i-/y- 32.1
aiia 22.2.1
aiiar 18.6
aiir 18.6
aiia 22.1.1
aii 18.6
aiin 18.6
aii m 10.1.2, 22.2.1
aiien 36.1
aiti 23
aidiiu- 7.17.6, 19.5
aidii 7.17.6
aipi 23
aib 10.3.2, 11.1.4, 23
aii 10.3.2, 11.1.4, 23
aiiiasca 22.2.1
aiii 18.1, 18.1.18
aiiaiiama 32.1
7.1.4: fn. 2.6
ainim
ainm 7.1.4: fn. 2.6
airiiaman- 8.1
auua- 22.2.5
auua 22.1: fn. 3.7, 22.2.5
auuam 22.2.5
auuauuat 11.1.4
auuaxvabda- 39.3
auuaa 38.3
auuat 22.2.5, 38.3
auuabii 22.2.5
auuahi 22.2.5
auuaha 22.2.5
auuah 19.5.37
auua ht 22.2.5
auua ha 22.2.5
auua he 22.2.5
auuah- 18.7
auuaheca 22.2.5
auu 22.2.5
auuitm 32.1
auuin 32.1
auui 22.2.5
auuc 32.1
132
auua 22.2.5
auum 22.2.5
auue 22.2.5
auruuanta 35
auruuantm 7.8.3
aka- 19.1
axtiii 19.5, 19.5.6
axti 7.15.2, 19.5
axtm 7.15.2
axiii 11.29, 22.2.1
axiica 22.2.1
aruu 19.4.8
ar- 19.4
aa 38.2, 38.3
ad 32.6
ads 18.1.5
adrujiiat- 11.25.6
aaoiiamna- 32.4
aairi 23
at 38.2
atca he 22.1.6
atct 38.2
apa 18.1, 18.1.8, 23
apacit 18.1.7
apam 10.1: fn. 2.7
apa.tacin 32.1
apca 18.2
apc- 18.2
apm 18.1, 18.1.17
ap 18.2
aprsaiiatm 32.4
ape 18.1, 18.1.7
ap 18.1, 18.1.5, 18.1.15
apura- 20
apur- 20
afnavhat- 11.18
afratatkuuah- 39.3
afmn 18.4
abaom 10.3.3, 32.4
abauuat 11.1.4
ara- 11.26.3
aha 11.27
ahaiti 32.1
ahauua 19.5.26
ahat 11.27, 32.1
word index
ahn 32.1, 37.3, 38.1
ah u 11.29: fn. 2.14, 19.5.22
ah 32.1
a hat 25.2
a hi 11.29, 22.2.1
a ht 22.2.1
a ha 22.2.1
a hasca 22.2.1
a he 22.2.1
a himnaiia 25.2
ahu- 19.5
ahuu 19.5, 19.5.31
ahu 11.29: fn. 2.14
avhe 19.5.24
aiia- 11.1.3
aiiam 20.2
aiiahmi 20.2
aiias-cit 19.1.16
aiie 20.2
ana- 22.2.1, 22.2.4, 22.5.2
ana 22.2.1, 22.2.4, 23
anaocah- 18.7
anauuavhabdmna- 39.3
anafmm 18.4
anasa - 39.3
anahe 22.2.4
anahmt 22.2.4
an 22.2.1, 22.2.4
ani 22.2.4
aniia- 7.9.1, 7.14: fn. 2.6, 19.1.3
anii m 7.14: fn. 2.6, 19.1.3
anii.tkaa- 11.10.2
anu 23.7
aguta- 11.12
atar 11.3.2, 23.8
amrtatt- 18.2
amsa - 7.9.3, 11.2.3, 19.1, 39.3
amsa ibii 19.1, 19.1.19
ams 7.9.3
ams g 7.9.3
ams s-ca 19.1.16
am hmaid 32.5
ar 32.1, 32.3
arduu- 11.13
ardu- 18.8
133
word index
asa on- 19.3
asa onm 19.3
asa on 19.3
asa oni 19.3
asa ii 19.5
asa uuaoii 11.1.3
asa uuaobii 11.1.3
asa uuan- 10.6.2, 11.1.3, 18.4, 19.3
asa uuan 18.4
asx ii-c 19.1.5
asa -cinah- 5.4: fn. 2.1
asa hii 19.1.5
as 19.1.2, 36.1
as atc 19.16
as un 18.4
as um 10.6.2, 11.3.2, 18.4
as t 19.1, 19.1.6
as tct 19.1.6
as .yec 7.10: fn. 2.5
as m 19.1
ai- 19.5
ai 19.5, 19.5.10
asi uua 19.5
aibiia 19.5, 19.5.12
asi 11.20.5, 19.5
as 19.5
as m 19.5
as i 19.5
ai- 11.25.6
ah 7.8, 11.10.1, 11.20.1, 11.24.2,
11.26.1, 11.26.2, 11.27, 11.28,
26.1, 32.1, 32.6, 37.2
2ah 11.28
ahe 22.2.1
ahi 11.26.1, 32.1
ahii 11.28, 22.2.1
ahu- 11.1.4, 11.26.1, 19.5.31
ahuii 11.1.4, 19.5.24
ahuua 19.5.29
ahubiia 19.5
ahubii 19.5.30
ahura- 7.8.1, 7.16, 19.1
ahura 19.1
ahuraibiia 19.1
ahurahe 19.1
ahurahii 19.1
ahur 19.1.2
ahuri 19.1
ahuri. 19.1.7
ahurah 19.1, 19.1.15
ahurm 7.8.1, 19.1, 37.2
ahur 19.1, 37.3
ah 19.5.25
ahm 11.29: fn. 2.14, 19.5.20
ahma 7.9.2, 11.26.2, 22.1
ahmaibii 22.1, 22.1.3
ahmat 7.3, 7.9.2, 22.1
ahmi 22.2.1
ahmka- 22.4
ahmki 22.4
ahmkm 22.1, 22.4
ahmk g 22.4
ahmt 22.2.1
ahmtcit 19.1.6
ahmi 22.2.1, 32.1, 36.3, 39.1
ahmiia 22.2.1
ahm 22.2.1
23.9
+hac 11.20.1
at 37.3, 38.2, 38.3
at yat 38.3
iiapta- 11.10.3
iit 11.1.3
iiese 32.4
iiu- 19.5, 19.5.38, 19.5.39
ii 32.1
i 22.2.1
uuaocm 32.4
uui 7.15.1
uuiia- 7.15.1
kriti- 8.1, 9.1
xtirm 21.2
tar- 11.2, 18.5
tar 18.5
tar ahurahe mazda 36.2
trm 11.2.1, 18.5
d- 32.6
-dadat 32.2
d- 18.1
-d- 25.1.2
- 32.1
pa 18.1, 18.1.10
pat 18.1.6
pm 18.1
p 18.1, 18.1.14, 18.1.15, 37.1,
39.2
f 18.1.1
brt- 18.1
brta 18.1.10
brtm 11.14.3, 18.1.2
brte 18.1.7
br 18.1.1
biia 22.2.1
biiasc 22.2.1
bii 22.2.1
b 22.2.1
rmaiti- 7.4.2
s 32.1
sit 36.2
skiti- 11.20.1
h- 18.1, 32.1, 32.6
huua 22.2.1
h 22.2.1
aha 18.1.8, 32.6
ahar 11.27, 32.6
ahire 32.1
ahm 32.1
ahm 2.2.1
ah 18.1.5
aht 32.6
aht.tm 32.6
asc 22.2.1
xnah- 7.6.1
sa- 19.1.12
saiia 19.1.12
zah- 7.6.1
uuisti- 7.15.1
uuduua 7.8.2, 39.2
rduua- 11.13
ra- 11.13
rnauu-/rnu- 32.3
rnuui 32.1
rnu- 32.1
rzao 19.5.22
rzu- 9.1, 11.2.1
134
rzu 19.5
rzuu 19.5.19, 19.5.22
r 5.4
r.vaca 5.4
r-jiii 18.1.7
r-j 18.1.1
uu 22.1
n 23.7
ah 18.1.8
hm 7.9.2, 11.26.2, 22.1
ii 22.2.1
iim 21.1
im 21.1, 37.4
m 21.1
i 26.1, 32.6, 37.2
iiei- 32.6
iieiin 32.6
iiiejah- 7.10.1, 8.1
id 32.1
it 22.1.6
ima- 10.2, 22.1.6, 22.2.1
imat 22.2.1
im 22.2.1
ima 22.2.1, 37.1
im 7.9.3, 22.2.1
imm 22.2.1
imm 22.2.1, 37.3
ime 22.2.1
irixta- 8.1
iric 32.5
iri 32.5
irri 32.6
irrar 32.6
irrina 32.6
irriu- 32.6
is- 32.1
is 36.2
ismaid 32.1
is 32.1
isii 32.4
iziia- 26.12
i 10.5.1
ia- 26.7
ite 32.1
22.1.6
word index
t 22.1.6
m 22.1.6, 22.2.1
- 18.1
22.1.6
m 18.1.2
18.1.14, 18.1.15
tm suuita 36.1
uiie 10.2.3, 11.1.4, 19.1.11, 21.1
uua- 21.1
uua 21.1
uuaibiia 21.1
uuaiia 21.1
uuaii 19.1.13, 21.1
uxa- 11.17.2, 19.1
ux 19.1
uxibii 19.1.19
uxiia- 25.1
ugra- 11.12
ura- 11.12, 20.1.1
upa 23.10, 36.2
upairi 23.11
upa.arti 36.2
upaskabm 11.3.2, 11.14
upmaca 19.1.8
uba- 10.2.3, 21.1
ub 10.2.3, 11.1.4, 19.2, 21.1
ubii 19.1.13, 21.1
ubibii 19.1.14, 21.2
ubda 11.11.1
ubdana- 11.11.1
uruua 18.4
uruuaire 19.2, 19.2.3
uruuax- 32.5
uruuaj 32.5
uruuata- 8.2
uruuan- 7.6.3
uruuaraiit 19.2.5
uruuaraiia 19.2
uruuaranm 36.2
uruuar- 19.2
uruuarbiiasca 19.2.13
uruuarasca 19.2.11
uruu 18.4
uruuxat 32.5
uruudah- 8.2
uruun 7.6.3
uruuz 32.6
uruun 7.6.3
uruunait- 32.3
urud 27.3, 32.6
urdiia- 26.14
urpaiia- 26.14
urraod- 32.6
urraost 11.17.4, 32.6
us 23.12
usuuah 32.1
ustna- 11.20.2
ustna-zasta- 5.4: fn. 2.1
us-d- 25.1.2
uz- 23.12
uzaiiat 36.2
uz-uuaat 11.25.5
uzuxiinca 11.3.2
uzuxiieiti 38.3
uah- 18.7
ua 18.7
uahm 18.7
uibiia 19.5.12
utra- 11.17.4
utrah 36.2
ka- 7.13.1, 11.20.1, 11.26.1, 22.2.1,
22.5
kaoiim 19.5.16
kaine 18.4
kainii 7.8.3
kainibii 7.8.3
kainn- 7.8.3, 18.4
kainn 8.1
k(a)uua 38.1
kauuam 19.5.2
kauu 7.8.2
kaa 38.1
kad 38.1
kat 11.9, 38.1
ka he 22.5.2
kana 22.5.2
kamnnar- 5.4: fn. 2.1
kar 7.13.3, 11.2.1, 11.3.2, 11.9,
11.10.2, 26.5, 32.3, 33.2, 33.3
kar- 18.1
135
word index
kar 18.6
karuuar 18.6
karuun 18.6
kasiiah- 20.1.1
kasita- 20.1.1
kasu- 20.1.1
kas-cit 19.1.1
kas-n 11.20
kahe 22.5.2
kahii 11.26.1, 22.5.2
k 22.5.2
kuuaiias-ca 7.4.2
kma- 11.9
kraiin 32.4, 39.2
km 36.1
kuuna- 7.8.2
krta- 11.2.1, 33.3
krti- 33.2
krnaoiti 26.5, 32.3
krnaot 32.3
krnaon 32.3
krnaomi 32.3
krnauu-/krnu- 26.4, 32.3
krnauune 32.3, 38.3
krnauuni 32.3
krnuiit 32.3
krnuuaiti 32.3
krnuuat- 32.3
krnii 32.3
krta- 26.9
krf 18.1.1
kruu 32.1
khrp- 11.2.2, 18.1
khrpa 18.1.8
khrpas-ca 18.1.15
khrpm 18.1.17
khrpm 18.1.2
khrp m 18.1.2
khrpiia 18.1.9
k 7.13.1, 11.20.1
k 7.13.1
kuua 11.1.3
kuxnu- 32.2
kuxnuuna- 32.2
kua 38.1
kura 38.1
kudat 38.1
kud 38.1
k 38.1
x- 18.1
xa 18.1.1, 18.1.4
xm 18.1.17
xraosa- 32.4
xraostm 32.4
xrataot 19.5, 19.5.23
xratauu 19.5
xratu 10.6.1, 19.5.26
xrata 19.5.26
xratu- 7.17.6, 10.6.1, 11.16, 19.5
xratuma 18.3
xrat 19.5, 19.5.25
xratm 19.5
xrat 7.17.6, 19.5, 19.5.33
xra 19.5.25
xrae 19.5.24
xra 19.5.22
xaiia- 32.4
xaiia 32.4
xaiiamn 7.8.3
xaii 32.4
xaiieite 7.10
xaiiehe 32.4
xaiieh 7.10.1
xara- 19.1
xara 19.1
xart 11.10.2
xari 19.1.9
xari. 19.1.9
xariu 19.3
x 7.8.3, 7.10.1, 36.2
x- 18.1
xuua 11.16, 21, 21.1, 21.3
xuuati- 21
xudra- 11.13
xtuua- 11.17.4, 21, 21.2
xnao- 32.5
xnaoi 32.5
xnaon 32.5
xnaota 32.5
xn 11.16
xnu 10.6.1
xnu 32.2, 32.5
xma- 22.1.4
xmaibii 22.1, 22.1.4
xmat 22.1, 36.2
xm 22.1
xmuuiia
xmka- 22.4
xmkahii 22.4
xmk 22.4
xmki 22.4
xmkm 22.4
xmkm 22.1, 22.4
xiit 32.1
xiit 11.28
xiim 32.1
xii m 11.28, 32.1
xiia 11.28
xva- 11.28, 11.30, 22.4
xvana- 11.13
xvafna- 9.1, 11.30
xvafna- 11.30
xvaha 18.5
xvahar- 18.5
xvan- 7.17.7, 9.1, 11.30
xvanuuat- 7.4
xvar 33.2
xvarti- 33.2
xvahe 22.1.7
xvahmi 22.5
xvi 22.1.7
xvra- 11.30
xvr 19.1.9
xvrii 19.1.9
xvpaiiia- 8.1
xvstra- 11.30
xv nuuat- 7.9.1
xv nuut 7.4.3
xv g 11.30, 18.6
xvta- 11.30
gaanm 19.2
ga- 19.2
gauuii 19.2, 19.2.13
gabii 19.2
gab 19.2
136
gahuua 19.2, 19.2.15
gah 19.2, 19.2.15
gaa 19.2, 37.5
gam 10.1.2, 19.1.3
gaoaibiia 19.1.14
gaoae 19.1.14
gaiia- 10.1.2, 19.1.3
gaiias-c 19.1.1
gair 18.1.7
gairi- 7.15.3, 19.5
gairibii 19.5
gairinm 19.5, 19.5.16
gair 7.15.3, 19.5
gauu- 11.12, 19.5, 19.5.18
gauustriia- 11.1.3, 11.17.4
gata- 33.3
gam 11.3.2, 11.12.2, 11.20.4, 26.16,
27.1, 28, 30.1, 32.6, 33.3
gar 32.6
gar- 9.2.4, 18.1
gara 19.5
garma- 11.12
gar 18.1.5, 18.1.15
garit 19.5
garib 18.1.19
garb 9.2.4
garz 11.25.3
giia- 10.5.2
gim 10.5.2
gu 10.6.1, 11.2, 19.5.18
gtu- 7.17.5, 19.5
gtuu 7.13.4, 19.5.26
gtm 7.17.5
guruuaiia- 11.1.4
-gt 11.10.2
gn 38.2
gmn 32.1
grfa- 26.17
grn- 26.5, 32.3
grniti 11.1.4, 32.3
grnn 32.3
grd 11.25.3
g u 10.4, 37.3
guzaiia- 26.14
gu 11.31
word index
ga- 32.4
gahuu 11.131, 32.4
gdm 32.4
graom 19.1.3
grauua- 19.1.3
grab 11.1.4, 32.6
gr hma- 11.26.2
gruuaiia 19.2
gruunnm(ca) 19.2.12
nat 18.1.6
nm 18.1.17
ne 18.1.7
n 18.1.5
ar- 11.25.5: fn. 2.13
ca 11.3.1, 11.9, 19.1.6
caiiasc 22.5.1
caii 22.5.1
32.1
caii-/siicaxra- 19.1
catar- 21, 21.1
catar 21.1
catura 21.1
caturm 21.1
catur 21.1
caar- 21
caar-/catur- 21.1
caarasca 7.3.1, 21.1
caarsat- 21
car 7.3, 11.17.1, 21.1, 38.3
carudasa- 21.2
caru 21.3
caruuua- 21.4
car-/kr- 32.1
cara- 32.4
carkr- 26.2.b
caman- 7.6.2, 11.3.3, 18.4
camanat 18.4
camm 7.6.2, 11.3.3
cam g 18.4
cahii 22.5.1
cahmi 22.5.1
cuu 32.1
ci-/ci- 32.1
ciait 32.1
137
word index
ja 18.1.1
jaiiia- 11.25.6, 26.10, 32.4
jaiiiat- 18.3
jaiiieiti 32.4
jaiiiemi 32.4
jaiiiehi 32.4
jaini 32.1
jaiti 11.12.2, 32.1, 36.3
jaauruu- 32.6
jar- 32.6
jara 32.6
jana- 26.8
jam- 28, 32.6
jamiim 32.6
jam- 30.1.e, 32.6
jan 11.12.2, 32.1
jan 18.1
jan-/ja-/n- 32.1
janm 18.1.2
jan 18.1.14, 18.1.15
janiii 19.5.4
jat 11.3.2
jam 11.12.2
jam-/gm-/ga- 27.1, 32.1
jamat 32.1
jamiit 32.1
jamiim 32.1
jamiir 32.1
jamiin 32.1
jamiia 32.1
jasa- 11.12.2, 26.16, 32.4
jasa 32.4
jasatm 32.4
jasama 32.4
jasaiti 11.20.4, 38.3
jasatm 32.4
jasat- 18.3, 32.4
jasi 32.4
jasiti 32.4
jast 32.4
jast 32.4
jasn 32.4
jas 30.1, 32.4
jasit 32.4
jmaspa- 9.2.1
ja 18.1.1
j n 32.1
j ghati-c 8.1, 11.3.2
jiia 11.1.3, 11.12.2
jiga- 32.6
jiaa 32.6
jimn 32.1
j 32.6
j- 18.1
juua- 32.4
juuuua 32.4
juumah 32.4
ta- 7.11.1, 8.1, 11.28, 22.16, 22.1.2,
22.1.6, 22.2.1, 22.2.2, 22.5.3,
22.3, 22.5.2
tact 22.2.3
taibii 22.1
taibii 22.1
tauua 22.1
tauu 22.1
tauruuaiia- 32.4
tauruuaiiata 32.4
taxe 32.1
tac- 26.1, 32.1
taca- 32.4
taciti 32.4
tat 22.2.3, 36.1
tafsa- 26.16
tan- 32.3
tanauu-/tanu- 32.3
tanauua 32.3
tanuiia 32.3
tanuii 10.2.3, 19.4.5
tanuua 19.4.6
tanuuat 19.4.4
tanuu m 7.17.5, 19.4.2
tanuu 19.4.3
tanuu 19.4.8
tanuui 19.4.7
tanubii 19.4.10
tanu 11.20.5, 19.4.1
tanuu 19.4.12
tanu-c 19.4.12
tan- 7.17.5, 10.2.3, 19.4
tanm 7.17.5, 19.4.2
tarasca 23.13
tar 23.13
tar 7.9.4
tar 7.9.4, 23.13
ta 11.17.4, 33.3
taa- 27.2
taan- 11.21.4, 18.4
tanm 18.4
tata- 33.3
tan 18.4
t 22.2.3, 37.4, 38.1
ti 22.2.3
tca 22.2.3
tpaiia- 26.15
t-/ta- 32.1
tt 11.17.4, 32.1
ta 22.2.3
tasc 22.2.3
tascit 22.2.3
t 22.2.3
tm 22.2.3, 37.2, 39.2
tuui- 18.8
tuui-c 7.15.1
tuu- 7.8.2
tm 22.2.3
t 22.2.3
t g 7.9, 22.2.3
t 7.11.3, 22.1, 22.1.5, 22.2.3
ti 22.1, 22.1.5, 22.2.3
tuu m 7.13.1, 7.17.5, 22.1
t 22.1, 22.1.2
tiriia- 8.2, 21, 21.2
tm 7.17.5, 22.1
tir- 21, 21.1
tirm 21.1
tir 21.1
anuuar 18.6
a- 10.2.2, 22.4
axiia 22.4
at 22.1
ardm 9.2.4, 32.5
ars 9.2.4, 32.5
ar- 32.5
ahii 11.28, 22.4
ahmi 22.4
138
ahmt 22.4
ahm 22.4
22.1, 22.1.5, 22.4
h 22.4
m 7.6.2, 11.17.1, 22.1
rsa- 26.7
22.4
i 22.4
rtar- 7.13.3, 9.1, 11.14.4
raot 11.26.3
raiias-ca 11.17.1, 21.1
raiim 21.1
r 9.2.4, 11.24.2, 27.3, 32.5
riia- 32.4, 33.1
riiete 32.4
rii 21.1, 38.3.d
riiidiii 33.1
rzdm 9.2.4, 11.24.2, 32.5
rah- 27.3, 32.5
ri- 21, 21.1
riim 21.1
rigm haca 36.1
rita- 21.2
ritiia- 21, 21.2
ridasa- 21.2
ribii 21.1
risat- 21, 21.1
risatanm 21.1
risatm 21.1
risaat- 21.1, 21.3
riss 21, 21.1, 40
ri 21.3
riuua- 7.17.5, 21.4
riu m 7.17.5, 19.1.3
riat- 21.4
riuuat 21.3
r 19.5, 21.1
r 21.1
dauu- 19.3
dadi 26.2.b
dana 19.2, 19.2.7
danaiia 19.2, 19.2.7
danaiii 19.2
danaiit 19.2
danaiia 19.2
word index
dan- 7.5.2, 19.2
dana 7.5.2
danm 19.2
dane 19.2
daoiia- 32.4
daie 32.2
daiiir 32.2
daiiia 32.2
daiiin 32.2
daita 32.2
daia 32.2
daidt 32.2
daie 32.2, 32.6
daiiit 32.2
daitm 32.2
dait 32.2
dain 32.2
dai 32.4
daibit 8.1, 9.2
daibitiia- 11.14.1, 21, 21.2
daibi 11.14.1
daibiaiiat- 8.1
daibit 11.14.1
da(i) haot 19.5.23
dai hauua 19.5.26
da(i) hauue 19.5.24
dai h 19.5.26
dai hu 19.5.27
dai huu 19.5.26
dait 32.1
daxma- 19.1
daxmauua 19.1, 19.1.21
daxii u 10.4, 11.29, 19.5.22
daxiiu- 7.17.5, 19.5
daxiiunm 11.29: fn. 2.14,
19.5.35
daxiim 7.17.5, 11.29: fn. 2.14,
19.5.20
daaite 32.2
daat 32.2
daat- 32.2
dana- 32.2
dani 32.2
dama 32.2
dan 32.2
dadait 32.2
dad-/dad- 26.2.a 32.2
dad-/d-/da- 28, 32.6
dadt 32.2
dada 11.13, 32.6
dada 32.2
dadmi 7.6.3
dadn 11.10.1
dadmaid 32.2
dadmah 32.2
dad 32.2
daduii 32.1
daat- 32.2
daiti 32.2
dat 32.2
dahi 32.2
dam 32.2
dami 32.2
dauuh-/dadu- 30.1
dab 11.25.2, 32.3
dara- 11.26.3
da haom 11.29: fn. 2.14, 19.5.20
da huu 19.5.32, 19.5.33
da h u 10.4, 11.29
da hu- 10.3.4, 11.29: fn. 2.14,
19.5
da huu 10.3.4
da hubii 19.5, 19.5.36
dat- 32.1
dam- 18.1
dar 7.13.3, 10.1.2, 11.13, 11.17.4,
11.20.5, 32.3, 32.5
dar-/dr- 32.1
darga- 11.2.4, 11.12
dargmc 11.3.2
dara- 11.12
darra- 9.1
dars-/drs- 32.1
darsma 32.1
darsm 9.1 32.1
dar 32.5
dars 7.4.2, 9.1, 11.21.1
darz 11.25.5
dasa 11.13, 11.20.3, 21
dasanm 21.1
139
word index
dasma- 21, 21.2
dasuu 32.2
dasta 32.2
daste 11.11.2, 32.2
dazd 32.2
dazde 11.11.2
dazdi 32.2
dazdiii 11.24.3
daa- 11.25.6
dahk m 38.3
d 7.5.1, 7.6.3, 11.10.1, 11.11.2,
11.13, 11.24.3, 11.31, 25.1, 27.1,
28, 30.1, 32.2, 32.5, 33.3
d-/d- 27.1 32.1
diiata 32.1
did 32.1
di 10.5.1, 32.5
di-/di- 27.3, 32.5
duui 33.1
duru- 8.2, 10.4, 10.6.3, 19.5,
19.5.38
dta- 33.3
dtar- 7.3.1, 19.3
dtaras-ca 7.3.1
dt 32.1, 36.3 40.2
dtrm 7.4.4, 18.5
dtr 7.3.1
dtibiias-c 19.1.19
dt 32.1
da- 19.1.3
daibii 19.1.19
dm-ca 19.1.3
d m 19.13
dr- 19.3
ddarsa 37.1
dt 32.1
dman- 11.31
dmahuua 11.31
dm 32.1
dmn 18.4
dmm 18.4
draiia- 11.1.3, 26.15, 32.4
draiiam 32.4
draiiat 11.13
drt 7.13.3, 32.5
dh 32.1
dhuu 11.31, 32.1
dn 32.1
dm 7.6.2, 18.1.9
dmi- 7.15.2
dmi 18.1.9
dmm 7.15.2
dh 7.6.1, 11.10.1
dhita- 7.6.1
da 32.1
dah- 32.5
dah 32.1
dah 7.5.1, 32.1
dat 7.5.1, 32.1
dbnaot 32.3
dbnauu- 32.3
dmna- 9.1, 11.13
drn- 32.3
drnat- 32.3
drz- 18.1
drz 18.1.8
dr-c 18.1.1
drta- 11.21.1
d jmspa- 9.2
d g 18.1.5
diraiia 19.1.12
dirbiia 19.1.14
di 10.1: fn. 2.7
di 32.5
drt 7.13.3, 11.17.4, 11.20.5
diiao 10.4
dii 32.1
diim 32.1
didaii-/ddi- 32.2
dids 7.6.1, 11.10.1, 32.2
diaii-/di- 28
dit 22.1.6
dia- 11.25.2, 26.17
diaidiii 11.25.2
dim 22.1.6, 38.3, 39.2
dis 10.1: fn. 2.7, 10.5.1, 25.1.1,
27.3, 32.5
d 22.1.6, 28, 32.2
ddr 11.25.5
ddraa- 32.4
ddra.duii 32.4
dam 32.2
d 22.1.6
d 32.1
duiie 21.1
duua- 21, 21.1 35
duua 21.1
duuaibiia 21.1
duuaca 21.1
duuaah- 11.14.1
duuaiia 21.1
duuaid 32.1
duuadasa- 21, 21.2
duuadasa 21, 21.1
duuar 7.4.3
du 11.25.1, fn. 2.12
duuuacah- 11.25.1
dudh- 11.25.1
du-manah- 11.25.1, fn. 2.12
dumanah- 11.25.1, fn. 2.12
drt 19.1.6
/dbitiia-/ 21.2
drao 10.4, 19.5.40
drafa- 11.21.4
*drguua 5.4
drguuata-c 8.1
drguuat- 5.4, 11.12, 18.3
drguuite 8.1, 10.5.3
drguu.dbii 5.4
drguu.db 5.4, 7.13.2
driao 11.12
driu- 11.12
dri 11.12
drt 32.1
druua- 11.1.3
druuatbii 40.1
druuat- 11.12, 18.3
druu 18.3
druxta- 33.3
drux 18.1, 18.1.1
druj- 7.14.3, 18.1
druj 5.4, 11.25.6, 33.3
drujat 18.1
drujm 18.1.2
druj m 7.14.3, 18.1.2
140
drujiia- 26.11.a
drujim 7.14.3, 18.1.2
drua- 26.11.a
druaiti 11.25.6
drj 18.1, 18.1.5
drm 19.1.3
a- 11.25.6
tkaa- 11.10.2
tbi 11.14.1
tbiaiiat- 8.1
paoiriia- 8.2, 10.3.2, 21, 21.2
paoiriii 21.2
paoirm 19.1.3, 21.2
pa(o)uruiia- 8.2
paouruum 19.1.3
pauruua- 21.2
paite 19.5
paiti- 7.15.3, 19.5
paiti 19.5, 22.2.1, 23.14
paiti iia zm 22.2.1
paitiimraot 31
paiti-d 25.1.2
paitm 7.15.3
paie 19.5.6
pai 18.1.9, 36.3
pairi 22.1.6
pairii-ao 32.1
pairi.uruuata- 10.2: fn. 2.7
pairi 23.15
pac 11.9
pacata 11.9
pa- 18.1, 18.1.1, 18.1.19, 40.1
paa 18.1.8
paana- 20
paan- 20
paa 40.1
pa 11.17.3, 18.1.1, 18.1.5, 18.1.15,
40.1
pad- 18.1
padb 18.1.19
pa 18.1.15
pafrite 32.6
pafre 32.6
patahuua- 21.4
patavhum
word index
paca 11.3.2, 21, 21.2
pacadasa 21.1
pacanm 21.1
pac-ca 21.1
pacca vsaiti- 21.1
pacsat- 21
pacsatb-ca 21.1
pat-/pa- 40.1
pat- 18.1.1
patnm 18.1.2
patn 18.1.14
pata 11.17.3, 18.1.1
patm 18.1.2, 40.1
par 7.10, 32.3, 32.6
para 23.16, 38.3
para ahmt tat 38.3
parao 19.5.22
para.kauuistma 5.4
para-d- 25.1.2
parna- 18.4
parnin- 18.4
pardi- 11.3.2
par 7.9.4
par 7.9.4, 23.17
par.kauum 5.4, 7.13
partm 19.1.3
part m 19.1.3
pasu- 7.12.1, 11.21.4
pasu vra 35
pasu-/fu-26.13
pasuua 19.5.29
pasuum 19.5.35
pasuu 19.5.22, 19.5.33
pasu.huua 19.5.38
pasca 23.18, 38.3
pasca yat 38.3
p- 32.1
pa 18.1.10
pm 18.1.2
pfr-/pafr- 32.6
pna- 11.20.4
pnaibiia 19.1.14
pnbiia 19.1.4
pah 32.1
psnu- 7.6.1
prtu- 19.5
prtu 19.5.18
prt 19.5.33
pru- 11.2.1, 11.17.3, 20
pre 19.5.24
pr 19.5.33
pr- 20
prn 32.3
prn-/prn- 32.3
prnite 32.3.a
prnne 32.3.a
prne 32.3.a
prsa- 26.16, 32.4
prsaite 11.20.4
prsat 11.10.2, 37.2
prsauha 11.31
prsavha 11.31
prs 32.4.a
prsahe 32.4.a
psa uu 19.5.33
psa n- 11.2.3
pouru- 7.12.1, 8.2
pouru-ca 19.5.28
pour 8.2
pita 7.14.4
pitar- 18.5
pitarm 7.4, 18.5
pire 10.2.2
pitra- 11.17.4, 11.20.5
puxa- 21, 21.2
pur 7.9.3
ptar- 9.1, 10.2.2, 11.10, 11.10.3,
11.17.2
fri 7.14.4, 9.1, 10.2.2, 11.10.3,
11.17.2
fra- 23.19
fraaotra- 11.17.4
frauu 32.5.c
fra 11.18, 21.2, 23.19
fra+nas 11.21.1
fra+nu- 11.21.1
fraorcita 32.4
fraiiaire 7.10
fra-uuart 9.2, 11.2.4
frauuas e 19.5.6
141
word index
fra-uuizdm 11.24.3
fra-carae 32.4
fra-carie 32.4
fra-tatk- 39.3
fratma- 21, 21.2
fra-d- 25.1.2
frapinaoiti 25.2
frapinuuata 25.2
fra-mma 32.2
fra-mrauua 32.1.d
fra-mrauuni 32.1.d
fras 11.10.2, 11.20.4, 11.21.1, 19.1.3,
32.5.a
fras- 11.21.2
frascibana- 11.3.2, 11.14
frasntaibiia zastaibiia 35
fra-zaht 32.5.c
fra- 32.5
fra 32.5.a
frana- 11.21.2
franu- 11.21.2
fr-rsata 32.4.d
frnaoiti 11.21.2
frac- 18.2
fr 7.6, 18.2
friia- 7.14: fn. 2.6, 11.1.2
friinmah 32.3.a
fr- 32.3
fr- 18.1
frn-/frn- 26.5. 32.3
frni 32.3.b
frnt 32.3
frnni 32.3.b
frnmi 32.3.a
frnti 32.3.a
frntu 32.3.e
7.14: fn. 2.6
frim
fu 11.21.4
fuiia- 26.13
fumat- 18.3
f carkmah 36.2
bauuani 18.6
bauuar 21.1
baon 32.4.c
baire 32.4.a
bauu-/b- 32.1
bauuaiti 11.1.3, 32.4.a
bauuait- 19.3
bauuat- 19.3
bauuatm-ca 7.8.3
bauuar-/bar- 28
baxta- 11.10.2: fn. 2.11, 11.16, 33.3
bax- 27.3, 32.5
baxait 32.5.b
baga- 11.12
baa- 11.12
baj 11.10.2: fn. 2.11, 11.16, 11.25.6,
27.3, 32.5, 33.3, 36.2
bariin 25.1.1, 32.6
ban 7.8.3
bad 11.3.2, 33.3
badaiieiti 11.3.2
bar 7.8.1, 11.10.1, 11.14, 25.1, 28
bara- 25.1.1, 26.6, 32.4
baraiin 32.4.d
baraiti 32.4.a
baraiti 8.1
baraite 32.4.a
barata 32.4.e
barat 32.4.a
baratu 32.4.e
baravha 32.4.e
barahi 32.4.a
barni 32.4.b
barma 32.4.b
barmaide 32.4.a
barmahi 32.4.a
barmi 32.4.a
barmi 30.1.a
barhi 32.4.b
barati 32.4.b
barn 32.4.b
barriit 19.3
barriuua 19.3
barn 7.8, 11.10.1, 11.14
barti 32.4.a
bartu 32.4.e
barm 32.4.c
barmna- 32.4.f
barsmn 18.4
barzan- 11.25.4
barj 10.1
bar 18.1
basta- 33.3
baat 11.25.6
bbuuar 11.14.3
braiia- 25.1.1
bzauua 19.5.27
bzu 19.5.18
bzubii 19.5.37
bzue 19.5.30
bzu 19.5.18
bnaiin 7.8.3
brjam 10.1
brjaiin 10.1.1: fn. 2.8
brdubii 9.2
brz- 18.1
brzat- 18.3
brzm 18.1.2
brz 18.1.5
biiah- 18.7
bitiia- 11.14.1, 21, 21.2
bitiii 21.2
bitm 21.2
bi 21.2
biaziia- 26.13
biuuat 21.3
buiiama 32.1.e
buiir 30.1.b
buiin 30.1.b
buuat 11.10.2
bud 10.1.1: fn. 2.7
bura- 11.13
bu na- 11.13
bujaiit 36.2
b 10.3.3, 11.1.4, 11.10.2, 32.1
biiiata 10.1.1: fn. 2.7
biiiimaie 10.1.1: fn. 2.7,
32.4.d, fn. 3.10
biri- 19.5, 19.5.3
brtar- 18.5
brtu iriia- 8.2
bruuat.biim 15.3
na- 22.1.5
na-cit 22.5.1
142
na-ci 22.5.1, 36.2, 39.1
22.5.1
na-cim
nad 39.1
naa 39.1
nania- 11.25.6
nama- 21.4
nastar- 10.2: fn. 2.9
na- 32.5
naat 32.5.b
naoma- 10.3, 21, 21.2
naire 10.2, 18.1.7
nauua 21
nauuaiti- 21
nauuaca nauuaiti- 21.1
nauuanm 21.1
nauuza- 7.3.3
napt- 11.10.3, 11.21.4, 18.2
naptm 18.2
napa 18.2
naptar-/[napt-] 11.10.3
napt 18.2
naptiia- 11.10.3
nafr 11.10.3
nafu 18.2
nafu-c 11.21.4
nab-nazdita- 11.18
nar- 9.1, 10.2, 11.1.4, 11.20.5, 18.1,
18.5, 19.3
nara 18.1, 18.1.12
narm 18.1.17
nar 18.1, 18.1.3
narm 18.1.2, 37.1.3, 37.1.4
nar 18.1.14
nari 10.2, 18.1.7
nar 11.20.5, 18.1.5
nas 11.21, 27.2b, 32.5, 36.2
nasuu 19.5.32
nasum 10.6.2, 19.1.3, 19.5.20
nase 32.4
nasiia- 32.4
nasiieiti 32.4.a
nasu- 10.6.2, 19.1.3
nas 19.5.33
nazdii 11.13
nazdita- 11.18, 11.24.2
word index
na- 32.5
nata- 11.21
n 11.20, 18.1.1, 22.1, 38.2
nir- 19.3
nist 10.5.1, 11.17.4
nism 10.5.1
nfa- 11.18
nman- 7.6.2, 11.3.1, 11.3.3, 18.4
nmanm 7.6, 11.3.1
nmm 7.6.2, 11.3.2
nm ni 18.4
ns- 18.1
nm 32.5.b
nma 32.5.c
n 18.1
na 22.1, 22.1.5
nma 7.6.2, 7.7, 18.4
nsa- 27.2b
nmaxiimah 11.28
nmaxvait 11.30
nmah 11.27
nmah- 7.8.3, 11.3, 11.27, 25.1
nm 18.7
nm 18.7
nrt 18.5
nrbiia 18.1, 18.1.13
nrbiias-c 18.1.18
nrbii 11.1.4, 18.1.18
nr 11.20.5, 18.1.5, 18.1.15
nr 9.1
nr 18.5
nruii 11.1.4, 18.1.18
n 22.1, 22.1.5
n 22.1, 22.1.5
nit 38.3.c, 39.1, 39.2
ni 23.20, 25.2
nii- 23.20
niiac- 18.2
niiac 18.2
niiacim 18.2
ni-ne 32.1.a
nid 10.2: fn. 2.9, 10.5.1, 11.17.4
ni-d- 25.1.2
niptaiiaca 19.5.6
ni-sirinaoiti 9.2
ni-srinauuhi 32.3
nihida- 26.8
ni- 23.21
n 32.5
ni 23.21
nmna- 11.13
nmnau 19.1.21
nmnaiia-ca 19.1.9
nmnat haca 19.1.6
ma- 7.9.2, 22.1.1
maaibiia 19.1.14
masma- 10.2: fn. 2.9
maza- 10.2: fn. 2.9
maii 22.4
maiti- 33.2
maiiii 10.2
maibii 22.1, 22.1.3
maibii 22.1, 22.1.1
mainiia-/maiia- 26.10
mainiiauue 7.10
mainiiata 32.4.c
mainimaid 32.1.e
maxiia 22.4
mada- 11.28
madahii 11.28
mau- 7.12
mat 11.26.2, 22.1, 23.22
mahna- 32.5.e
man 7.9.3, 13.1, 27.3, 32.1, 32.5,
32.6, 33.2
mana 22.1
manaha 7.9
manah 7.9, 11.27
manah- 7.8.3, 7.9.3, 11.25: fn.
2.12, 11.26.1, 11.27, 18.7
manahi-c 11.26.1
man.vista- 5.4: fn. 2.1
maniiata 32.4.d
maiia- 13.1, 26.10
maii u 10.4
maii 19.5
maii 19.5.19
maiiu- 7.10, 19.5
maiiu 7.8.3
maii 19.5
143
word index
maiuua 19.5
mat 32.1.b
mamn- 32.6
mamnit 32.6.a
marka- 11.2.2
marka-c 11.2.2
martaibii 19.1.19
martn 18.4
marc- 32.3
masiia- 11.7
maz- 9.2, 18.1
mazat- 7.5, 20.1.1
mazatm 7.5
maz 18.1.5
mazi 18.1.7
maziiah- 20.1.1
mazib 9.2, 18.1, 18.1.19
mazita- 20.1.1
mazit am 7.9
mazit am 7.9
mazga- 11.12, 11.24.2
mazdaiiasna- 7.3.2
mazd- 11.24.2, 18.1
mazd 18.1.3, 36.1
mazda 18.1.1, 18.1.5, 36.2
mazdah.dm 32.5
mazdm 18.1.2
mz-dazdm 32.2
masi ia- 11.2.3, 19.1
masi ia 19.1.15
masi ia 19.1.21
masi ii-ca 19.1.20
masi inm 19.1.18
masi iah 19.1.15
masi is-ca 19.1.16
masi i g 19.1
mas m 19.1, 19.1.3
mahii 22.4
mahi 11.26.2, 32.1
mahmi 7.9, 22.2.5
mahm 22.4
mahrka- 11.2.2
m 22.1, 22.1.5, 22.4, 32.2, 39.2
muuiia 22.1, 22.1.1, 22.1.7
mca 39.2
mtar- 18.5
mh- 7.5, 11.28, 18.1
mhiia- 11.28
ma 18.1.1
mahm 7.5, 18.1.2
mah 18.1.5, 18.1.14, 18.1.15
mra- 7.6, 19.1
mri 19.1.20
mrn- 18.4
mrn 18.4
mrs-ca 19.1.16
mm 7.6, 22.1, 22.1.1
msta 32.5.a
mriiiao 10.4, 19.5.22
mriiiu- 8.1, 9.1, 11.17.1
mrte 32.3.a
mrgduii 32.3.a
mrc- 32.3
mrcait 32.3.a
mrciti 32.3.a
mrcta 32.3.d
m 7.9.4, 22.4
m.n 22.1
m ni 32.1.d
m gh-/m h- 27.3, 32.5
m gh 32.1.b
m ghi 7.9, 32.5.b
m gh 32.5.a
m 22.1, 22.1.5, 36.2
mourum 11.12
mou 7.12
mou-c 11.21.4
mi 22.1, 22.1.5, 36.3
mi-/mi- 32.1
miat 10.1.1: fn. 2.7, 36.2
mist 32.1.b
mist 11.17.4
miias- 32.3
mi 10.1.1: fn. 2.7, 10.2: fn. 2.9,
11.17.4, 36.2
mira- 19.1
mira ahura 35
miribii 19.1.19
minas- 32.3
mina 32.3.c
mim- 32.2
miriia- 26.11b
mda- 7.15, 11.20.5
mraoiti 11.3, 32.1.a
mraot 32.1.a
mraotu 10.3.1, 32.1.f
mraot 10.3
mraot 32.1.a
mraom 10.3, 32.1.a
mraomi 25.1.1
mrao 30.1, 32.1.a
mrauu-/mr- 32.1
mrauune 32.1.d
mruiit 32.1.e
mruiia 32.1.e
mruiie 32.1.a
mruii 7.11, 10.2, 25.1.1, 32.1.a
mruuat- 32.1.g
mruuna- 32.1.g
mruu 32.1.e
mr 10.2, 10.3, 11.3.1, 25.1.1, 26.1
mrite 32.1.a, 33.1
mrii 32.1.f
mrmaide 32.1.a
ya- 7.5, 7.10, 7.14, 11.31, 22.2.1,
22.3, 22.5.2
yaibii 22.1.1
yatatar 32.6.a
yama 32.6.a
yaiia- 26.12
yaog-/yuj- 11.10.2, 32.1
yaogt 11.10.2
yaojat 32.1.d
yaoj 32.1
yao 19.5.40
yao-daiti 32.2
yao-dane 32.2
yao-dat- 32.2
yao-date 32.2
yao-da 32.2
yao-dit 32.1.d
yaiiat-/yat-/yit- 32.6
yauuajii 18.1.15
yauuajibii 18.1.18
yauua-jim 18.1.2
144
yauuatt- 18.2
yauua-sum 18.1.2
yauuata 38.3.d
yauuat 38.3.d
yauu 19.5.42
yauukm 22.1, 22.1.3
yauu 19.5.41
yauui 19.5.41
yat 32.6
yaa 37, 38.3
yara 38.3.d
yad 38.3.d
yat 22.3, 38.3
yatcit 38.3
yatu 32.1.f
yasa- 32.4
yas-ca 19.1.1
yasna- 7.10, 11.21.2, 19.1
yasnanm 19.1.18
yasnas-ca 19.1.1
yasns-ca 19.1.16
yasnibii 19.1
yaz 11.21.2, 33.3
yaza- 26.6, 32.4
yazaa 32.4d, 37.3
yazaiiata 32.4.d, 37.4.e
yazatanm 36.2
yazamaide 19.1.8, 37.3
yazite 32.4.b
yata- 33.3
yahmat 36.2
yahm 7.10
yakar 18.6
yta- 19.1.7
ytii 19.1.7
ytu 19.5.37
yt 11.10.2
yr 18.6
ysanuha 11.31
ysaha 11.31
ysavha 11.31
ysmi 35
yhuua 11.31
yahm 7.5
ys 22.3
word index
y g 22.3
y gs-t 22.3
y m 7.14
y ma- 7.14
ye(i)di (z) 37.4.c, 38.3.c
yeiti 32.1.a
yexiic 22.3
ye h-a 22.3
ye ht 22.3
ye ha 22.3
ye he 22.3
yesne 7.10, 19.1
yesniia- 7.10
yesnii-ca 19.1.17
yesnm 19.1.3
yezi 38.3.c, d
yehii 7.10, 22.3
y 22.3
y 36.2
yi 10.2, 22.3, 36.3
yim 7.14
yima- 7.14
yuj 11.10.2
yiiia- 32.4
yiiia 32.4.a
yj n 32.1.b
y 22.1, 22.1.4
yma- 22.1.4
ymaibii 22.1.4
ymat 11.10.2, 22.1
ymka- 22.4
ymkahii 22.4
ymki 22.4
ymkm 22.1, 22.4
ym 22.1, 22.1.2, 22.1.4
y m 22.1, 22.1.4
va- 22.1.5
va 21.1 fn. 3.7
vaa- 10.2
vaat 32.6.b
vati 32.6.b
vad-/vid-/vd- 28, 32.6
vada 7.11, 10.1
vad 32.6.a
vaa 32.6.a
vana h 35
vanimaid 32.4.d
vam 10.1, 22.1, 22.1.2, 22.1.3
vaoca- 27.2b, 32.4
vaocim-ca 10.1: fn. 2.7
vaoniit 32.6.c
vaorz- 32.6
vaorza 32.6
vaozirm 32.6.b
vaiiu- 7.3, 10.3.4
vaint 32.1.e
vauuaxda 11.17.2, 32.6.a
vauuac-/vaoc- 28, 32.6
vauuan-/vaon- 32.6
vauuanuuh-/vaonu- 18.8
vauuaz-/vauz- 32.6
vaxra- 11.17.2
vax- 25.1.1
vax 11.20.5
vaxaiia- 25.1, 26.15
vaxiia- 26.18
vaxii 11.20.5
vaxt 11.20.4
vaxiia 18.7
vaibii-ca 18.1.13
vaibi 18.1, 18.1.19
vac- 13.1, 18.1
vac 11.10.2: fn. 2.11, 11.20.5, 13.1,
26.18, 27.2b, 28, 32.1.c, 32.6
vaca 18.1.8
vacah- 5.4, 7.9.4, 7.13, 18.7
vac 7.9.4, 7.13, 18.7
vac b 7.9.4
vac 7.13, 18.1.5, 18.1.14, 18.1.15,
18.7
vadar 9.1
vare 11.13
vaf 11.11.1
vaaka- 11.25.2
vanuh 11.31
vah-/v gh- 32.5
vahauue 19.5
vahauu 11.27
vahu 10.6.1, 19.5, 19.5.26
vaht- 32.5
145
word index
vah u 11.27, 11.29: fn. 2.14
vah 11.31
vahu- 20.1.1
vahuum 19.5.35
vahu 11.27, 11.29: fn. 2.14
vahuu 19.5
vah 11.27, 19.5.33
va hahm 18.7
va hah- 20.1.1
va ha 18.7
va h 11.29
vavhi 19.5, 19.5.28
vavhiia 19.3
vavh- 19.3
vavhbii 19.3.12
vavhnm 19.3.11
van- 32.1
van 7.6, 7.9, 11.10.1, 11.17.4, 18.8,
32.5, 32.6, 40.1
var- 32.3
1var- 32.1
2var- 32.1
var 9.2, 11.2.4
varat 9.2
varn 32.1.d
varn 32.1.d
varc.hc 18.7
varduua- 11.13
varmaid 32.1.b
var- 32.5
varait 32.5.b
varait 32.5.b
var 32.5.b
varn 32.5.b
vart 32.5.b
var-c 32.1.b
varz- 32.1
vard 11.11.2
varz 7.3, 28, 32.5, 35
vas 11.20.5, 11.21, 11.21.2, 11.21.4
vas-/us- 11.21.2, 32.1
vasah- 11.21.1
vasm 11.21
vast 11.20
vasna- 11.21.2
vasn 11.21.2
vaz 7.8, 11.25.5, 32.5, 32.6
vazti 7.8
vaata 32.5.b
vaate 32.5
vai 11.20.5, 11.21.4, 32.1.a
vat 11.21.1, 11.21.4
va-/va- 32.5
vadra- 11.25.3
vah 11.20.1
vaheh 11.1.1
vahiiah- 11.1.1, 11.28, 18.7, 20.1.1
vahii 11.29
vahita- 20.1.1
v- 32.1
v 21.1: fn. 3.7, 22.1, 22.1.3, 38.2
vuuarz-/vuurz- 28
vx 11.20.5, 18.1.1
vibii 18.1.18
vcm 18.1.2
vcim 18.1.2
vc 25.2, 32.1
vahe 36.2
vs m 7.4
va 22.1, 22.1.5
vati 32.1.a
va 40.1
v- 19.2, 40.1
vbiia 19.2
vs 7.6, 11.10.1, 11.17.4, 32.5.a
vrca- 32.4
vrra-jan- 20.1.2
vrraj 18.1.1
vrrajstma- 20.1.2
vrd- 18.1
vrd 18.1
vrn- 32.3
vrnauu-/vrnu- 32.3
vrnauuait 32.3.b
vrnt 32.3.c
vrnite 32.3.a
vrta 32.3.a
vrt 32.3.a
vrz na- 7.9
vrziia- 26.11a, 32.4
vrziiat-/vrzit- 32.4.f
vrziitm 7.4, 32.4.e
vrzda- 11.11.2, 11.24.3
vhrka- 11.2.2
vhrkat 19.1.6
v 7.9.a, 7.13, 22.1, 22.1.5
v ghait 7.9
v ghat 7.9, 32.5.b
v ghn 32.5.b
vouru 11.2.1
vohu- 7.12, 10.6.1, 11.1.1, 11.28,
11.29, 18.7, 19.3, 19.5
vohu 11.29: fn. 2.14, 19.5, 19.5.21
vohu-ca 19.5.28
vohu-c 19.5.21, 19.5.25
vohunm 11.29: fn. 2.14, 19.5,
19.35
voh 11.27, 19.5, 19.5.25, 19.5.34
vohm 11.29: fn. 2.14
v 7.13, 22.1, 22.1.5
vin- 10.2
vinuii 19.2.13
vist 10.1, 11.20.2, 32.6.a
vi- 23.23
vii- 23.23
viixmainiia- 26.13
viixman- 26.13
vii-darsm 7.4.3
vid 7.15, 10.1, 11.20.2, 11.24.3,
18.8, 27.2, 28, 30.1.e, 32.3,
32.6, 33.1
vinad-/vid- 26.3, 32.3
vid 11.10.1
vidna- 32.3.e
vidn 11.10.1, 32.3.c
vista- 11.20.2
v 7.15, 23.23
v-caiia 32.1.d
vda- 27.2
vdauua- 11.13
v-d- 25.1.2
v-dram 10.1.2
vduuani 33.1
vduuh-/vdu- 18.8, 30.1.e
vduua 18.8
146
v-ram 32.4.c
v-raiin 10.1.2: fn. 2.8
v-raiii 32.4.d
vuuh-/vdu- 32.6
vuua 18.8
vuuahm 18.8
vra- 19.1
vraiia 19.1, 19.1.12
vs- 18.1
vsa- 32.4
vsa 18.1.8
vsate 32.4.a
vsaiti 21, 21.1
vsaitiuuat- 21.3
vsat 18.1.6
*vsastma- 21.2
vsm 18.1.17
vsstma- 21, 21.2
vsta 32.4.c
vste 32.4.a
vsm 18.1.2
vse 18.1.7
vs 18.1, 18.1.5, 18.1.15
vsi 18.1.9
vsiia 18.1.9
vspa- 7.9.3, 19.1
vspaibiias-ca 19.1.19
vspaca 19.1.9
vspam 20.2
vspau 19.1, 19.1.21
vspanm 20.2
vsp.voh 5.4
vspi 20.2
vspah 19.1.15, 20.2
vspm ahmt yat 38.3
vspmi 20.2
vspmca 11.3.2
vsp 7.9
vsp g 7.9
vsp mi 20.2
vsp s-ca 19.1.16
vspe 20.2
vspibii 19.1.19
v 18.1.1
va- 11.20.5
word index
v-siit
32.1.b
vibii 18.1, 18.1.18
rax- 32.5
raxa 32.5.c
raa- 10.2: fn. 2.9
rarizaite 11.2.1
ram 10.1.2, 19.5.2
raocaiia- 26.15
raocah- 7.9, 10.3, 11.2.1
raoca 18.7
raoc bii 7.9.4
raoc b 7.9.4
raom 11.12
raos- 27.3
raii- 10.2
raire 32.6
ratu-frii 18.1.14
ratu-friu 18.1.20
ratu-fri 18.1.1
ratu 11.20.5
raa- 11.2.1, 11.17.3
raatar- 40.2
raat- 10.2: fn. 2.9, 40.2
raatrahe 40.2
raatrm 40.2
raatr sca 40.2
raatr 40.2
rait- 10.2: fn. 2.9
ra 19.5.22
rap 11.10.3, 11.17.2
rafra- 11.10.3, 11.17.2
rar- 32.6
ranao 10.4, 19.5.22
rah 7.8, 11.10.1, 36.2
r 32.5, 32.6, 33.3
rii 10.5.2
rta- 33.3
rd- 32.1
rdt 32.1.d
rna- 19.1.12
rnibii 19.1.14
rmim 32.4.d
rriin 11.10.1
rh-/rah- 32.5
rahaiin 7.8.3
rahahi 32.5.b
rnaiia 19.1.12
ruu- 7.8, 11.3.2
rjita- 11.3.2
rma- 11.26.3
ric 8.1
riz 11.2.1
rud 11.17.4
sa- 21.3, 22.1.6
sate 25.2
sare 32.1.a
saii- 32.1
saiianm 7.8: fn. 2.3
saite 19.1, 19.1.11
sair 18.1
sauuaiia- 26.15
saxvr 18.6, 35
sata- 21, 21.1
satm 11.7, 11.20.3, 10.20.5
sattma- 21.2
saaiia- 26.14
saha- 7.9
sad 11.17.4, 11.24.3, 32.5
sar- 7.9.4, 18.1
sar 7.9.4, 18.1.5
sar m 18.1.2
sar 18.1.5
sari 18.1, 18.1.7
sazdiii 11.24.3
suuaiia- 26.15
sxv n 18.6
sstar- 11.20.3
ssn- 7.5.: fn. 2.2, 11.20, 19.2
sh- 32.1
sh 11.20, 11.20.3, 27.2
sht 32.1.e
ss 11.17.4, 32.5.a
sst 32.5.d
sh 11.24.3
suuita- 7.8, 7.15
s gha- 7.9.3, 11.3.2
s ghait 8.1
sa- 27.2
sunm 18.1.17
surunaoiti 9.2
147
word index
surunauu-/surunu- 26.4, 32.3
surunuiia 32.3.d
surunuuat-/surunuuat- 18.3
susru- 28, 32.6
susruiie 32.6.a
s- 18.1
s 26.15
sne 18.1.7
sn 18.1.5
sn- 19.3
sra- 7.8
ssrma 32.6.a
skda- 11.20
scat 11.20, 32.1.f
staota 32.1.f
stauu-/stu- 32.1
star- 9.2, 18.1, 18.5
star m-ca 9.2
st 11.20, 32.1.a, 32.5
st- 18.1
stuuita- 7.15
stnauua 19.1.21
stah- 32.5
stahaiti 32.5.b
strn-/strn- 32.3
strniia 32.3.d
st 32.1.a
sti 33.1
stt- 18.1
str mca 9.2, 18.1.17
str 18.5
spainiiahm 7.8.3
spainiiah- 7.8
spad 19.1.10
span- 18.1, 19.3
spaniia 7.8.3
sparz 11.20
spas- 18.1, 32.3
spasm 18.1.2
spas 18.1, 18.1.14
spa 18.1.1
spanauu-/spanu- 32.3
spanu 32.3.a
sp 18.1.1
spna 18.1.10
spnm 18.1.2
spn 18.1.14
spta- 7.8.3, 11.3.2
sptaibii 19.1.19
sptaxii-c 19.1.5
sptat 19.1.6
sptahii 19.1.5
spt.tma- 5.4
snaa- 11.25.6
sna 11.25.6
snat 11.25.6
snait- 11.25.6
srata- 10.2: fn. 2.9, 11.20.3,
20.1.1
sraot 10.3.1
sraiiavha 36.2
sraiiah- 11.1.3, 11.20.3, 20.1.1
srauu-/sru- 27.1, 32.1
sr(a)uuana- 32.1.g
sruuaiia- 32.4
sruuaiieni 32.4.b
sruuahiia- 7.10
sruuahiieit 7.10
sruu 25.2, 32.1.c
srraiia 32.4.b
sruum 32.1.e,
sri 9.2, 32.3
srinaota 32.3.e
srinauu-/srinu- 32.3
srra- 11.1.3, 11.20.3, 20.1.1
sru 9.2, 10.3, 11, 20.3, 27.1, 28,
32.1.c, 32.3, 32.6, 33.1
sridiii 33.1
zaotar- 11.24.1, 18.5
zaoraiit 19.2.5
zaor- 19.2
zaorbiiasca 19.2.13
zaozao- 26.2b
zaoa- 11.24.1
zaiia- 25.1.1, 26.11b, 32.4
zaiiata 32.4.c
zaiiaha 32.4.c
zaiianmca 36.1
zaiiate 32.4.b, 36.3
zairimiia- 8.1
zauutiiah 19.1.15
zan 11.24.1, 25.1, 26.18
zanauua 19.5.27
zaga- 11.12
zam- 18.1
zasta- 10.3.4, 19.1
zasta 19.1.10
zastaiia 19.1.9
zastaii 10.3.4, 19.1, 19.1.13
zasti 19.1.20
zast 19.1
zastibii 19.1, 19.1.14
zaz- 32.2
zazti 32.2
zaz-/zaz- 32.2
zazite 32.2
zazmi 11.24.1
zazhi 32.2
zazuua 18.8
z 11.24.1, 32.2, 32.5
zta- 7.4, 11.24.1
znu- 11.25.3, 19.5
znu 19.5.38, 19.5.39
zh- 32.5
zm 18.1.2, 36.1, 39.2
zhiia- 25.1, 26.18
zmat 18.1.6, 36.2, 37
zmas-ca 18.1.15
zm 18.1.8, 22.2, 37
zma 18.1.6
zmm-ca 18.1.17
zm 18.1.9
zm 18.1.5, 18.1.14
zmi 18.1.9
zrd- 18.1
zrd-c 18.1.8
ziia 11.24.1
ziim 18.1.2
zim- 18.1
zim 18.1.5, 18.1.14
z 35, 37.4.c, 38.1, 38.3.c
zzana- 7.15, 25.1
zuta- 11.20.4
z 11.14.2
zd 11.24.2, 32.1.f
148
zbaiia- 26.14
zbaiieiti 11.14.2
zbar 11.14.2
zbarmna- 11.14.2
zraiiah- 11.24.1, 18.7
zruuan- 7.17, 18.4
zr 7.17, 18.4
at 11.21.6
aii-/i- 32.1
22.1.6
ira- 11.21.6
i 11.21.6
iis 30.1.e, 32.1.g
iieit- 30.1.e, 32.1.g
ti 18.1.7
ta 18.1.1, 18.1.5, 18.1.14
tm 18.1.2
te 18.1.7
11.23
sto
siiaoana- 9.2, 11.23, 19.1
siiao(a)nanm
19.1
siiaoan 19.1.17
siiaoane
19.1.9
siiaoani 19.1, 19.1.9, 19.1.11
siiaoni
19.1
sii 11.23
siito
11.23
ntar- 11.25.3
nubiias-cit 11.21.2, 11.25.3,
19.5.43
nm 19.5.39
ha- 23.27
hat 7.13.4, 10.3.4
hatu- 10.3.4
han- 40.1
haoma- 19.1
haom 7.9, 19.1
haoms-ca 19.1.16
hait- 30.1.e, 32.1.g
haiiia- 7.14: fn. 2.6, 7.15
haiii m 7.14: fn. 2.6
haim 7.14: fn. 2.6, 7.15
*hau 10.3.4, 22.2.5
word index
hauua- 22.4
hauuanm 22.4
hauue 22.4
hauruua- 7.17, 11.1.3, 11.26.1, 19.1
hauruuatt- 8.2, 18.2
haurm 7.16, 19.1.3
hakrt 21.3
haxa 11.16, 19.5.1
haxai- 19.5.6
haxaiia 19.5.9
haxm 9.1
haxtiia 19.5.11
haxmain 8.1
haxman- 8.1, 9.1, 11.16
hac 7.5, 7.9, 8.1, 11.20, 11.26.1,
32.2
hac- 18.1
hac-/sc- 32.1
haca- 26.6, 32.4
haca 7.3, 19.1.6, 23.24, 36.1
hacaite 8.1
hacaiti 25.2
hacaite 25.2
hacat 7.5
hac na- 7.9
hac mn 7.9
hacite 7.14, 32.4.a
hacimna- 32.4.f
hara 23.26
had 11.17.4, 28
had 23.25
hadi- 18.8
haa 23.25
hapta 11.10.3, 11.26.1, 21
haptaa- 21, 21.2
haptahuua- 21.4
haptiti- 21, 21.1
han 10.1: fn. 2.7
hana- 27.2
hanamc 10.1: fn. 2.7
ham- 18.1, 23.27
ham+kar 11.3.2
hama 18.1.8
hamastar- 10.2: fn. 2.9
hascit 22.2.2
hastra- 11.17.4
hazara- 21.1
hazare 19.1.11
hazartma- 21.2
hazah- 7.9.4
haz 7.9
hazd- 28
hasa 19.5.7
19.5.16
hasm
hase 11.16, 19.5.6
hah- 26.1
h 11.24, 22.2.2
hu 22.2.5
hm(-) 23.27
hminmca 36.1
hs 11.20.2
h (n) 23.27
ht- 30.1
ht-/hat- 18.3
hti 32.1
ht 7.8, 25.1
h-duurt 7.4
h m 23.27
hrzaiin 39.2
h 22.2.2
h kriti- 11.3.2
h -grabm 11.1.4
h t 32.1
h miisait 7.4
h 22.2.2
h 22.1.6
h
hiiat 22.3, 38.3
hiir 32.1
hiniii 19.5.36
hica- 26.9
hizuu- 19.4
hizuua 19.4.6
hizuu 19.4.3
hizub 19.4.11
hiz- 19.4
hicamaid 32.2
hita- 26.8, 32.4
hitahe 32.4
hi.hak-/hic- 26.2.a, 32.2
149
word index
h 22.1.6
hm 22.1.6
h 22.1.6
hu 32.3
huuar 9.1, 18.6, 38.3
huuar 11.30
huuuuiia 22.1.7
huu 10.3, 22.2.5
huxratu- 10.3, 11.16
huxratuu 10.3
hupur- 20
hunauu-/hunu- 32.3
hunauuat 32.3
hun-/hun- 32.3
hunmi 7.6
hunhi 32.3
hunuiir 32.3
hunuuana- 32.3
hunut 32.3
hunta 32.3
humanah- 18.7
humiia- 10.5.2, 19.1.3
humm 10.5.2, 19.1.3
hu.haxim 19.5.2
h 7.17, 18.6
hxta- 11.10.2: fn. 2.11
hr 18.6
-h yat 22.3
Old Church Slavic
eny 19.2.11
imena 18.4
mene 22.1.1
ni- 39.1
oba 21.1
on 22.2.4
ov 22.2.5
tx 22.2.1
cto, kto 22.5
Old English
hweol 11.9
Gothic
gibos 19.2.11
js 22.1.2
mawi, mauja 19.3.2: fn.
3.6
sa, ata, so 22.2.3
un- 39.3
undar 23.4
waurkjan 26.11.a
weis 22.1.2
Greek
-/- 39.3
7.6.1
11.20.5
11.20.3
11.26.2
23.7
21.1
21.3
23.5
11.12.2
33.3
11.12.2
11.12
19.2.11: fn. 3.5
19.2.11: fn. 3.5
18.4
11.24.1
11.25.3
11.25.4, 19.5.39
7.6.1
8.1
11.14.1
11.13
33.1
11.12
10.6.3, 19.5.39
19.5.40
19.2.3
11.25.1
11.25.1: fn. 2.12
21.1
7.4.4
11.26.1
33.1
18.8
11.26.2
21.3
7.8.1
- 31
22.4
- 33.1
11.2.4
23.2
11.26.1
11.26.1
- 7.4.3
11.20.1
23.1
11.2.1
10.3.1
11.2.11: fn. 3.5
20.1.1
- 20.1.1
- 20.1.1
11.2.2
11.12
- 30.1.c
21.4
- 19.3.1
22.1.6
11.24.2
11.20.1
7.8.3
25.2
11.24.1
11.20.3
11.16
11.21.6
11.9
11.2.1
10.3.1
19.1.10
31
7.12.1
39.2
11.20.5
11.3.1
19.2.3
150
, , 22.2.2
21.1
19.1.9
19.1.9
10.1.1
11.20.2
21.1
10.2.2: fn. 2.9
22.3
11.26.1
7.4.4
11.3.2
23.15
11.9
11.2.1, 11.17.3
19.516
20.1.2
, , 23.14
23.19
20.1.2
20.1.2
11.20.5
, 19.2.11
22.4
- 20.1.2
- 11.9, 38.2
- 20.1.2
11.17.1
, 22.5
11.13
19.2.4
7.11.3
21.1
21.2
- 30.1.c
18.6
33.1.4
23.11
23.10
11.11.1
11.14
18.1.9
, 21.1
11.24.1
11.24.1
word index
19.2.6
- 30.1.a
Hittite
kitta 25.2
uttr 18.6.1
Old Irish
cethoir, toir 21.1
tricho 21.1
Latin
ab 23.5
amb- 23.3
amb 21.1
angustus 7.6.1
augre 10.3.1
c-rus 11.9
centum 11.20.3
clure 11.20.3
coqu 11.9
crre 7.15.3
decem 11.20.3
diem 19.2.11: fn. 3.5
dis- 23.23
d 11.13
fc 11.13
familis 19.2.4
formus 11.12
genus 11.12.2
gntus 7.4
gust 11.20.5, 11.24.1
hiems 11.24.1
iecur 18.6
im 22.2.1
in- 39.3
inter 23.8
intimus 20.1.2
ra 10.1.1
is, ea, id, im, erum, erum
22.2.1
ling
locus 19.1.15
loca 19.1.15
lx 10.3.1, 11.2.1
marium 19.5.17
mlle 21.1
mox 11.21.4
ne 38.1
nemus 11.3.1
n 39.1
nmen 7.6.2, 11.3.1
nmina 18.4
ns, nostrum 22.1.5
- 30.1.a
pater 11.10
pecus 11.21.5
perna 11.20.5
pns 11.17.4
pistus 11.20.5
ps 18.1.2
posc 11.20.4
precor 11.20.4
pro 11.18
-que 11.9, 38.2
quitus 11.23
quisque 22.5
quid 11.9
rota 11.17.3
saluus 11.26.1
sequor 11.26.1
socius 11.17
st 11.20.1
sub 23.10
sunt 7.8.1
super 23.11
-t(d) 30.1.c
trs 11.17.1
tuus 22.4
ueh 11.25.3
uentus 33.3
ui
uis 19.2.4, 19.2.11
uiae 19.2.6
uituls 19.2.11
ullus, ull 20.2
us, uostrum 22.1.5
r 10.3.1
ucem 18.1.2
151
word index
Lithuanian
ans 22.2.4
deimts 11.20.3
mergs 19.2.11
im tas 11.20.3
Oscan
deva 19.2.6
Pli
-mina 30.2
Old Persian
adam 22.1.1
a-draiya 11.1.3
an 22.24
aniya- 11.1.3
-naiy 30.2.c
antara 11.3.2
rtv 18.4
ava, avam, avahy, avaiy,
avai, avm 22.2.5
*atauva- 21.4
azd 11.24.3
-nm 7.3.1
-y 19.2.4
-ha 16.1.1, 19.1.15
iyam, ima, an 22.2.1
ub 21.1
-nm 19.5.35
aiva- 21.1
kas-ciy 22.5
krta- 11.2.1
*auuva- 21.4
*iuva- 21.4
xn 11.16
-tam 30.1.b
tuvatuvam 22.1.2
-taiy 22.1.5
dahyva 19.5.32
-dim, d 22.1.6
naiy 39.1
*panauva- 21.4
paruv 7.12.1
paruviya- 10.3.2
bar
barmiy 31
abaram 31
abaran 7.8.1, 11.14
bauvatiy 11.1.3
mamm 7.6.2, 22.1.1
man 22.1.1
-maiy 22.1.5
Margum 11.12
-mna- 30.2.e
rautah- 11.26.3
-im, , aiy 22.1.6
van 11.21.2
hauv 10.3.4, 22.2.5
haruva- 11.1.3
Prkrit
jhara 11.25.5: fn. 2.13
Proto-Indo-European
*b 11.14
*bh 11.14, 11.18
*bher 7.8.1, 11.14, 25.1.1
*d 11.13
*-dd- 11.11.2
*deh3 7.5.1, 11.13
*dem 11.13, 11.20.3
*di--s 10.5.1
*deru -os 19.5.40
*dm tm 11.20.3, 21.1
*dlh1gh*dreu -s 19.5.40
*du eis 8.1
*du - 11.14
*du i- 11.14
*du i-dm ti 21.1
*dh 11.13
*dheh1 7.5.1, 11.13
*dh1-t- 33.3
*d(h)h 11.25.5: fn 2.13
*dhgu her 11.25.5: fn. 2.13
*-dhi 30.1.c
DhT, DhS 11.11.1
*dhreu gh 5.4
*e 7, 7.3, 11.7, 11.9, 13.1
*- 31
*-eh2 19.1.15, 19.1.17, 19.2.1
*-eh2-ei 19.2.6
*-eh2-es 16.1.2, 19.2.4, 19.2.11
*-eh2-ih1 19.2.8
*-eh2 19.2.11, 19.2.11: fn. 3.5
*-ei 14.6, 18.1.7
*-enh2 18.6.3
*-es 16.1, 14.5, 18.1.14
*-eu -es 19.5.32
*-eu m *-m 19.2.11: fn. 3.5
* 7, 7.4, 11.7
*-i 19.5.8
*-u -s 19.5.18
* 11.7, 11.24.1
*enh1 25.1.1
*eu s 11.24.1
*n 11.16
*neh3 11.25.4
*n h1-t- 7.4
*rh2-u en- 18.4
*h 11.7, 11.24.1
*hesliio- 21.1
*heu 11.24.1
*heu H 11.14.2
*(h)u 11.14.2
*hu er 11.14.2
*g 11.7, 11.12
*gh 11.7, 11.12
*gu 11.7, 11.12
*gu em 11.12.2
*gu m -se- 11.12.2
*gu iHeh2- 11.12.2
*gu eh3us 11.12
*gu h 11.7, 11.12
*gu hen 11.12.2
*gu hor-m- 11.12
*h13 7.14.4
*-h1 14.7, 15.1, 19.1.8
*h1- 31
*h1eu o- 11.10.3
*h1ei-/*h1i-, *h1e- 22.2.1
*h1ono- 22.2.4
152
*h1es*h1es-ti, h1s-nti 25.1.1
*h1i-ih1-t 11.1.3
*h1lengu h 7.8.2, 11.3.2
*h1mo- 22.4
*-h2 16.1.2, 16.3.3, 19.4
*h2mhes- 7.6.1
*h2enk 7.6.1
*h2ep-nes- 11.18
*h2u eg-s 11.20.5
*h2u es 25.1.1
*h2eu o- 22.2.5
*-h3ku - 18.2: fn. 3.3
*h3meih 10.2.2: fn. 2.9
*i 7, 11.7
*i 10.11.1
*-ieh1/*ih1- 29
*-ieh2-ei 19.3.6
*-ieh20es 19.3.10
*-ieh2-h1 19.3.7
*-ieh2m 19.3.2: fn. 3.6
*-ieh2s 19.3.4
*ieu K-t 11.10.2
*-ih1 15.1, 15.2
*-ih2 19.2, 19.3.1, 19.5.15, 20
*-ih2/-ieh2 19.3
*-ih2-m 19.3.2
*im 22.2.1
*-in-s 19.5.14
*-i-om 19.5.16
* 7
* 11.7, 11.20.3
*leu 26.4
*ou -ie- 26.15
*mt- 21.1
*u 11.10.3
*k 11.17, 11.9, 11.16
*keh2 11.9
*kieu 11.23
*ku 11.7, 11.9, 11.16
*-ku e 11.9
*ku e, *ku id 22.5
*ku eis 7.15.3
*ku ku lo- 11.9
*ku etesr- 21.1
word index
*ku tores 11.17.1
*ku id, *ku o-s 22.5
*ku tur
*ku od 11.9
*l 11.2.1, 11.9
*leu k- 10.3.1
*-l/n- 18.6: fn. 3.4
*m 11.3.1, 11.9
*m 7.3
*mn ie /o- 13.1
*mleu H 25.1.1
mlu H-ti 11.3.1
*mn s-dheh1 11.24.2
*-m- 21.2
*mosgh- 11.12
*n 11.3.1, 11.9
*n 7.3, 7.4.4
*n- 39.3
*nei 39.1
*n -gu h2-h2- 19.4
*n H 7.4
*ni 7.14.3
*ns 11.27
*nsdno- 11.13
*-n s 17.2, 18.1.15
*n sme- 22.1.5
*-nt 30.2.b
*-n tos 18.6
*o 7, 7.3, 7.4.4, 11.9, 30.1
*o+ei 19.1.7
*o+es 16.1.2, 19.1.15
*-o-h1 19.1.10
*-oh2 30.1.a
*-oi 19.1.9
*-o-ih1 19.1.11
*-oi-m 19.5.2
* 7, 7.4
*-i 19.5.8
*s 19.1.15
*h3eteh3 11.21.1, 21.1
*-ons 19.1.16
*-osio 7.10.2, 19.1.5
*-ou -es 19.5.32
*p 11.10, 11.18
*peku -ie/o- 11.9
*pku 11.9
*penku to- 11.5
*penku e-dm t- 21.1
*penth1- 18.1.1: fn. 3.2
*ponth1- 18.1.1: fn. 3.2
*ph2tr- 11.10
*pu- 11.21.5
*plth2- 11.2.1, 11.17.3
*prh2s 21.2
*pr-se/o- 11.20.4
*reh1i- 10.1.3
*r 11.2.1
*rH 11.2.4
*-ro 30.2.a, 30.2.b
*roteh2- 11.17.3
*rth2o- 11.17.3
*s 11.19, 11.20, 11.20.5, 11.26.1
*seh2-ul-/*sh2-u en- 18.6: fn.
3.4
*seku 11.16
*seku h2-oi- 11.16
*sem- 21.3
*s 11.20.4
*-se/o- 26.16
*sm -heslo- 21.1
*smih2-heslih2 21.1
*s, *td, *seh2 22.2.3
*-soi 30.2.a
*-som 22.2.1
*sr- 11.26.3
*-tero- 20.1.2
*t 11.10, 11.17
*teton- 11.21.6
*tH 11.17.3
*-t- 33.2
*tisres 21.1
*t 11.21.6
*-t- 33.3
*-toi 30.2.a
*tri(h2)-domt- 21.1
*trins, tri-h2 21.1
*-tt- 11.11.2, 11.20.2
*u 6
*u 10.11.2
*u eh 7.8.1, 11.25.3
153
word index
*u -si 11.20.5, 11.21.4
*u eid 7.8.2
*-u ent-/u nt- 18.3
*-u er/-u en 18.6
*-uh1 19.5.25
*u lh 1-t 11.2.4
*u obhso- 11.25.2
*-u s/-u os/-us 18.8
* 7
*z 11.25.1
Proto-Indo-Iranian
*-a- 7, 7.3
*ataH-ti- 21.1
*-ai- 7.11.2, 10, 10.1.1, 10.2
*-ai 19.1.9, 19.1.11, 19.2.3
*aiam 22.2.1
*ai-au 19.1.13
*-aibhias 20.2
*-ai 19.5.4, 19.5.5
*-aiu 20.2
*aiu am 21.1
*-ans 18.3
*-as 7.9.4, 7.13.1
*-asia 19.1.5
*-ats 18.3
*-au- 7.12.2, 10.3, 10.4
*-au 7.13.4, 10.3.4, 15.4, 19.1.13,
19.5.19, 19.5.26
*au gdha 11.11.1
*-au i- 11.1.4
*-au 10.4, 19.5.22
*-- 7, 7.4, 7.4.4
*-i- 10.5.1
*-ia- 7.3.2, 10.5.2
*-iam 19.5.2
*-m 19.1.18
*-n- 7.6
*-s 8.5.2, 15.4, 16.1, 19.1.15,
19.2.11
*st 11.10.1
*-u - 10.6.1
*-u a 10.6.2
*-bh- 11.18
*-bhias 19.1.19
*tasras 21.1
*C-m Hna- 30.2.e
*-- 11.20.3, 11.21.1, 11.21.2
*raiH-ias- 11.1.3
*-s- 11.21.4
*-u - 11.10.3
*-DDh- 11.11.1
*du i- 11.14.1
*du itiia- 21.2
*-DZh- 11.11.1
*-dhi 29.1
*-H 19.1.8
*-(H)sa- 25.17
*-i- 7, 7.14.1
*-ias- 20.1.1
*i.Ha- 11.28
**-iHs 19.3.10
*-ita- 20.1.1
*-- 7, 7.14.2, 7.15
*- 19.5.9
*j- 11.21.2, 11.24.1, 11.25.3
*-j+s- 11.25.5
*-jn- 11.16
*-jh- 11.24.1, 11.25.3
*-jh+s- 11.25.5
*ktur()ia 21.2
*-l- 11.2.1
*-m- 21.2
*mas-dhaH- 11.24.2
*matsia- 11.11.2
*-m-m 18.1.1
*-n 11.10.1
*-ns- 7.9.2, 11.27
*-nt 11.10.1
*pntaHs 18.1.1: fn. 3.2
*pn tHs 18.1.1: fn. 3.2
*prHu - 21.2
*-r- 11.2.1
*rtauan- 18.4
*-s- 30.1
*snts 11.11.2
*-s- 11.20.4
*-st 11.10.1
*suHar 18.6
*-tama- 20.1.2
*-tara- 20.1.2
*tu ar 7.13.3
*-u- 7, 7.17.2
*-u aH 19.5.25
1*u aid 7.8.2
2*u aid 7.8.2
*-u as 19.5.22
*u asu-H 19.5.34
*u nst 7.6, 11.10.1, 11.17.4
*-uH 19.5.27
*-uHas 19.4.8
*uma- 22.1.4
*-- 7, 7.17.2
*-z- 11.25.1
*-hasra- 21.1
Sanskrit
m sayo 19.1.12
m has- 7.6.1
agru - 19.4
aguh- 11.12
-atur 30.1.d
dyu- 7.16.6
addha 11.24.3
ti 23.1
ntama- 20.1.2
antr 11.3.2, 23.8
ana, anay 22.2.4
nu 23.7
any- 7.9.1, 11.1.3
anym 7.14.3: fn. 2.6
anysmau, any, anym
20.2
paps 18.1.5, 18.1.15
apa 18.1.8
apa 18.1.10
apas 18.1.14
apam 18.1.17
adbhys 18.1.18
pa 23.5
apca 18.2
pi 23.2
pnas- 11.18
pnasvant- 11.18
154
abh 10.3.2, 11.1.4, 11.14, 23.3
-bhi 19.2.14
-bhym 19.2.10
-bhyas 19.2.13
amrt a- 11.2.3, 39.3
ay
iyat 11.1.3
tu 10.3.1
aym
ayh, asys, asyi, ena, asyam,
aya 22.2.1
asmt 7.9.2
ebhys 8.1
-ay 19.2.7
-aye 11.1.1
-yo 19.2.9
armati 7.4.2
ardh- 21.4
aryamn- 8.1
rvant- 7.8.3
vidvm s- 7.8.2
vitti- 7.15.1
av 22.2.5
at- 21.1
man- 11.20.3
va- 11.10.3, 11.20.3
ave 19.2.3
aa 11.21.1
aam- 21.2
1as
mi 11.26.2
si 11.26.1
ti 11.20.1, 25.1.1
snti 7.8.1, 25.1.1
sat 11.27
ast 11.10.1
sr 11.27
edhi 11.24.2
syt 11.28
2as
sya 11.28
-as 7.9.4
su- 11.1.4, 11.26.1
sura- 7.8.1, 11.26.1, 25.1.1
asu 22.2.5
word index
asthanvnt- 11.17.4
asmasman 11.26.2
asmakam, asmbhyam 22.1.3,
22.4
asra- 11.26.3
ahm 22.1.1
hi- 11.25.6
a 23.9
akrti 8.1
-na- 30.2.e
-nm 7.3.1
-ni 18.4
-m 30.2.c
-yai 19.2.6
-ys 19.2.4
-yo 19.1.12
aviiya- 17.15.1
sss 18.1.5
sa 18.1.7
-s 7.5.2, 16.1.2, 19.2.11
-sas 16.1.1, 19.1.15
skra- 11.20.1
-i 30.2.b
t 22.1.6
idhm- 10.1.1
i- 33.3
yati 10.1.1
- 19.3.1
-nm 19.5.16
22.1.6
ukth- 11.17.2
ukthebhyas 19.1.19
ukn- 7.16.1
ugr- 11.12
ttara- 20.1.2
uttn- 11.20.2
d 23.12
-nm 19.5.35
pa 23.10
upri 23.11
ubdh- 11.11.1
ubh- 21.1
ubh 19.1.11, 19.2.8, 21.1
ubha 21.1
ubhyo 19.1.13, 21.1
ubhabhym 19.1.14, 21.1
-ur 18.5, 30.1.b, 30.1.d
ur- 11.2.1
urvi 19.5.28
ra- 11.17.4
-e 19.2.3, 19.2.8
ka- 21.1
kasmin, kasys 20.2
-ethm 30.2.b
ethe 30.2.a
ev(m) 21.1
e
ea- 10.1.1
ait 10.5.1
e, ea, etas, etsyas 22.2.3
-ai 30.2.c
jas- 10.3.1
oati 10.3.1
-o 7.5.3, 15.4
-au 19.1.10
rj- 9.1, 11.2.1
rtavan- 7.3.3, 10.6.2, 18.4
kt 11.9, 38.1
katam- 20.1.2
katar- 20.1.2
kanya 7.8.3, 8.1, 18.4
kamnnar- 5.4: fn. 2.1
kar 11.9
krnti 26.5
-kar 7.13.3
krt- 11.2.1
krmankrm 18.4
krm 18.4
krm 18.4
kav- 7.8.2
kavyas 7.4.2
ks 11.20.1
ksya 11.26.1
kama- 11.9
k-, k- 22.5
k-cit 22.5
k, km 22.5.1
155
word index
ksya, kna 22.5.2
krntti 26.9
krtu- 7.17,6, 11.16
krtu 19.5.18
krto 19.5.22
krtvas 19.5.22
krtve 19.5.24
krtv 19.5.25
krtau 10.6.1, 19.5.26
kv 11.1.3
kamkam 18.1.2
jms 18.1.5
jmay-a 18.1.9
kmi 18.1.9
kamas 18.1.14
1kay
ati 7.8.3
2kay
kti 11.21.6
kar 11.25.5: fn. 2.13
ktra- 11.21.6
gam 11.12.2
g-cha- 11.12.2, 11.20.4
gt- 7.17.5
jagmi- 30.1.e
gat- 33.3
gya- 10.1.2, 19.1.3
gvgam 19.2.11: fn. 3.5
gu 10.6.1, 11.12, 19.5.18
garh 11.25.3
grbhnati 26.5
grbhy- 11.1.4
-gy- 10.5.2
ghar
jghrkati 26.17
gharm- 11.12
cakr- 11.9
cak 18.4
catras, ctasras 21.1
catvaras 7.3.1, 11.17.1, 21.1
-ca 11.9, 38.2
cit 22.5.1
citr- 7.9.4
cyautnchy 7.3.2
jagm- 30.1.e
jgh- 11.12
jani
jayate 26.11.b
janiyti 26.18
jt- 7.4, 11.24.1
jna- 11.25.4, 19.5.39
janun 19.5.28
jihva- 19.4
jihva / jihvy 19.2.7
ju- 11.20.5
juhu - 19.4
juhu bhi 19.4.11
ja- 11.24.1
j 11.16
jtr- 11.25.4
jya- 11.1.3, 11.12.2
jryas- 11.24.1
tak
tka- 27.2.a
tkan- 11.21.6, 18.4
tanu - 19.4
tanu 19.4.1
tanvm 7.17.5, 19.4.2
tanva
tanu nm 19.4.9
tanu bhyas 19.4.10
-tam 30.1.b
-tara 20.1.2
tvi- 7.8.2, 7.15.1
-tas 30.1
-tm 30.1.b
30.2.c
-tt 30.1.c
tan 7.9.3
tpya- 26.15
-ti 21.1
tirs 7.9.4, 23.13
tudti 26.7
turiy a- 21.2
trtiy a- 21.2
tyjas- 7.10.1, 8.1
tri-, tisr 21.1
156
devys 19.3.9
devi1 9.3.1, 19.3.9
devi 19.3.10
devin m 19.3.11
devib hyas 19.3.12
devib hi 19.3.13
devib hym 19.3.9
19.3.2
devim
devu 19.3.14
drat 19.1.6
dyvdyam 19.2.11: fn. 3.5
draps- 11.21.5
drhvan- 5.4
dro 19.5.40
droh
drhyati 11.25.6, 26.11.a
dva, dvabhym 21.1
dvita 8.1
dvitiy a- 11.14.1, 21.2
dvas- 11.14.1
dvis 11.14.1
dvi 8.1, 11.14.1
dhnvan- 18.6
dhar
dhryati 11.13
dhartr- 9.1
dh 11.13
ddhmi 7.6.3, 26.2.a
dhatt 11.11.2
-dhi/hi 30.1.c
-dhyai 33.1
dhruv- 11.1.3
-dhvam 30.2.c
npt- 11.10.3
nptar- 11.10.3
nmas- 7.8.3, 11.3.1, 11.28, 18.7
narnram 18.1.2
nre 10.2.2
nars 18.1.5
nar 18.1.7
nr 18.1.12
nras 18.1.14
nrn 18.1.15
word index
naram 18.1.17
nrb hyas 11.1.4, 18.1.18
navam- 10.3.3, 21.2
nvnam 21.1
1na 11.21.1
2na
anti 11.21.2
nas 22.1.5
nahyte 26.11.b
nabha-ndiha- 11.18
naman- 7.6.2, 11.31
nvj- 7.3.3
n 23.20
ni, nir 23.1
nej
nenikt 11.25.6
ndiha- 11.24.2
ndyas- 11.13
nma- 21.4
-ntm 30.2.c
nycam 18.2
pakth- 21.2
pac
ata 11.9
pca 11.3.2
pacnam, pac-t 21.1
pnthpnthm 18.1.2
pnths, paths 18.1.1: fn. 3.2
pars 7.9.4
pri 23.15
pa- 7.12.1, 11.21.5
paca 23.18
pav 19.5.33
pm s- 7.6.1
padam 18.1.2
pai 11.20.5
pitr- 11.10
ram 7.4.4
tr 9.1, 10.2.2
pit-7.14.1
pitrvya- 8.2
pbati 26.8
piv as- 7.14.2
prandhi- 11.3.2
157
word index
-bhys 16.6
bhri 19.5.3
bhratrvya- 8.2
mmam, md 22.1.1
mhyam 22.1.1, 22.1.3
m, me
maku 7.12, 11.24.2, 7.12.1,
11.21.4
majjn- 11.12, 11.24.2
mtsya- 11.7, 11.20.2
mdhu- 7.12.1
mdhv 19.5.25
mdhun 19.5.25
mdh 19.5.27
man
mnya- 13.1, 26.10
-mna- 30.2.e
mnas- 7.8.3, 7.9.3
i 11.26.1
mntra- 76.1
many- 7.8.3, 10.3.4
mrka- 11.2.2
mark- 11.2.2
mrtya- 11.2.3
mrtyeu 19.1.21
mahantam 7.5.1
ma 39.2
mana- 9.1, 11.13
msya- 11.28
msmas 18.1.1
masam 7.5.1, 18.1.2
msya- 11.28
mitravu 35.3
mh- 11.20.5
medha- 11.24.2
mrty- 81, 11.17.1
mriyte 26.12
y-, yt, ysya, ysys, y, yan,
yas ca 22.3
yac cid 38.3.b
yaj- 7.10.1, 11.21.1
yajya- 7.10.1
yt 38.3.a
ytra 38.3.d
yth 38.3.a
yd 11.10.2
yada 38.3.d
ydi 38.3.c
yam- 7.14.3
yavat 38.3.d
yukt- 7.17.3
yuga 16.1.1
yuvm, yuvam, yuvaku, yuv
22.1.3
yym, yumbhyam 22.1.4
yumd 11.10.2
r/lghyas- 11.3.2
ragh-7.8.2, 11.12
rtha- 11.2.1, 11.17.3
ratheha- 10.2.2: fn. 2.9, 40.2
ray- 7.3.2, 10.1.2
raym 19.5.2
-re 30.2.a
reh 11.2.1
rhmi 11.2.1
rrihat 11.2.1
rocas- 10.3.1
rcate 11.2.1
rikt- 8.1
lhmi 11.2.1
vdhar- 9.1
vm sat 7.9.3
vaktr- 11.17.2
vak
vakya- 26.15
vakyti 26.18
aukat 11.20.5
vac 11.20.5
avci 25.2, 32.1.c
uvktha 11.17.2
vca- 27.2.b
skt- 11.10.2: fn. 2.11
vcas- 7.9.4, 18.7
vaym 10.12
va
mi 11.21.1
vaki 11.20.5
vai 11.21.1
-vas 30.1.a
vas 22.15
vas
te 11.20.1
vsu- 7.12.1
vsu 19.5.21
vsave
vsau 19.5.26
vsnm 11.29: fn. 2.14
vsyas- 11.1.1, 11.28
vsyn 18.7
vah
vhanti 7.8.1, 25.1.1
vkat 11.25.5
vak- 13.1, 18.1.1
vacam 18.1.2
vcs 18.1.5, 18.7
vca 18.1.8
vgbh 18.1.19
vgbhyas 18.1.18
vam 22.1.3
vy- 7.3.2, 10.3.4
v 23.23
vidvan 18.8
vidvasam 18.8
vim at- 21.1
vv 18.1.1
vam 18.1.2
vis 18.1.5
vi 18.1.7
via 18.1.8
vi 18.1.9
vas 18.1.15
viam 18.1.17
vibhys 18.1.18
vva- 7.9.3
vvebhyas 19.1.19
vvasmai, vve, vvem
20.2
vivvasu- 5.4: fn. 2.1
vga- 10.2.1
ved
vttha 11.20.2
vitt- 11.20.2
158
vda- 27.2
vohar- 11.25.3
vo 19.5.29
vrk a- 11.2.2
vrjna- 7.9.1
vrat- 8.2
vrdh 8.2
vrddh- 11.11.2, 11.24.3
vrnt 11.2.4
am sa- 7.9.3, 11.3.2
atm 11.20.3, 19.1.11, 21.1
ay
te 7.8.1, 25.1.1
yna- 7.8.3: fn. 2.3
viha- 7.8.2, 7.15.1
s 11.20.1, 11.20.3
ia- 27.2.a
star- 11.20.3
pre 19.2.8
pti- 7.16.1
rav 11.20.3
ravi 25.2, 32.1.c
vanva 18.1.1
vanam 18.1.2
nas 18.1.5
ne 18.1.7
van18.1.10
vanas 18.1.14
nm 18.1.17
ryas- 11.1.3
rha- 10.2.2: fn. 2.9
11.16
s, tt, sa 22.2.3
sakrt 21.3
sakman- 11.16
skhyskh 11.16, 19.5.1
skhyam 19.5.2
skhy 19.5.9
word index
sac 11.26.1
ate 7.9.1 8.1
ante 7.14.3
sak- 7.14.1, 26.2.a
sacan- 7.9.1
sc 23.24
sattr- 11.17.4
satym 7.14.3: fn. 2.6, 7.15.2
satra 23.26
sna- 27.2.a
sapt 11.26.1
saptat- 21.1
sapttha- 21.2
sm 23.27
srva- 7.17.5, 11.1.3, 11.26.1
sarvtti- 8.2
sah 23.25
shas- 7.9.4
sahsra- 19.1.11, 21.1
sicti 26.9
sm 22.1.6
sukrtu- 11.16
sumy- 10.5.2
suvit- 11.30
skt- 11.10.2: fn. 2.11
sryayai 19.2.6
skndha- 11.20.1
skambh- 11.4
star- 9.2
sth 11.20.1
sneh
snihyati 11.25.6
sp 18.1.1
sprh 11.20.1
smd 11.26.2, 23.22
smsi 11.26.2
-sva 11.31, 30.2.c
sv- 11.30, 22.4
svsmin, sv, svanm 22.4
svapty- 8.1
Topical Index
ablaut 11.9, 13.2, 14.4, 14.5.1, 17, 18.1, 18.1.5, 18.1.9,
18.1.14 18.2, 18.3, 18.4, 18.4, 18.5
accent 7.14.4, 11.2.2, 11.22, 13.2, 17, 22.4;
displacement 11.2.2, 13.2, 19.1.6
hysterodynamic 17, 19.4, 19.4.3, 19.5.1,
19.5.2, 19.5.7, 19.5.18, 19.5.22, 19.5.24,
19.5.33
proterodynamic 17, 18.1.5, 19.5.4, 19.5.17,
19.5.22, 19.5.33, 25.1.1
agent 23.24, 36.3
agreement 20, 35
Aktionsart 25.3
allomorph 13.2, 13.4, 14.1.1, 30.2.e
analogy fn. 2.2, 11.11.1, 11.11.2, 11.21.2, fn. 2.14, 16.5,
18.2, 18.3, 18.8, 19.1.6, 19.1.17, 19.3.5; fn. 2.3,
3.2
intraparadigmatic 7.4.4, 11.12, 11.27, 18.6,
18.6; fn. 3.2
anaptyxis 7, 8, 9, 11.14.1
archetype 2,4, 4.2.5, 4.2.7, 5.2, 5.2.3, 5.2.4, 7.1,
7.7, 11.1.3, 11.4, 11.23.1
aspect 25.3
assimilation 11.1.4, 19.1.3, 19.1.16
Bartholomae 11, 11.11.1, 11.20.2, 11.24.3
Brugmann 7.4.6, 13.2, 18.4, 18.5, 18.7, 18.8, 19.5.2,
19.5.39, 21.1, 26.15, 28, 32.1.c
causative 27.14, 26.15
(relative) chronology 3, 11.1.4, 18.1.2, 18.8, 19.1.1,
21.3, 22.2.1, 25.1.2, 35.3, 40.1, 40.2
comparison 18.7, 20.1.1, 20.1.1, 21.2, 23.11, 36.2,
37.4.b, 38.3.b
compound(ing)/composition 18.1, 19.5.18,
19.5.39
vowel 5.4, 7.9.4, 7.13.2; fn. 2.1
ending
14.1.2, 14.3, 14.4, 14.8, 16.3.2, 18.1.3, 18.1.4,
18.1.9, 19.1.8, 19.2.1, 19.2.3
blending 15.4.2, 19.1.13
OAv./YAv. dialectal differences 1, 7.2, 11, 11.11.1,
14.5.1, 18.3, 19.1.6, 19.1.7, 22.1.5, 30.1.a
degrees of adjectival comparison 18.7, 20.1.1
comparative 18.7, 20.1.1
160
manuscripts 1, 2, 4.2.7, 4.2.8, 5.2, 5.2.2, 5.2.6,
5.4, 7.7, 11.1.1, 11.4, 11.22, 11.26.3, 38.1
pure, impure fn. 1.2
rediscovered fn. 1.3
Mazdayasnian fn. 1.1
motion-suffix 18.8, 19.3, 19.4, 20, 30.1.e
nasalization 7.7, 7.9.3, 11.3, 19.1.16, 19.5.14,
19.5.33
nom. pro voc. 19.3.3
nom.pl. pro acc.pl. 18.1.14, 19.1.16
participle 18.3, 18.8, 19.3, 30.1.e, 30.2.e, 33, 33.3,
39.3
passive 23.24, 25.2, 26.11.b, 32.1.c, 30.2.b, 30.2.c,
33.3
Persian
Old 1, 4.2.4, 6, 11.1.3, 21.4, 31, 37.2
Middle 2, 11.2.3
postposition 11.31, 14.5.1, 16.8, 18.1.9, 19.1.7,
19.1.9, 19.1.21, 19.2.15, 19.3.14, 19.5.26
preverbs 7.14.3, 7.15.5, 11.13, 11.14.3, 11.17, 23,
25.1.2, 31
prohibition 37.2; fn. 4.1
Prolegomena 2
(liturgical) pronunciation 4.1.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 7.1,
9, 10; fn. 2.13
prothesis 21.1, 22.1.4
topical index
punctuation 5.4, 38.1
root 13.1, 17, 18.1, 18.4, 20.1.1, 25.1, 25.1.1, 25.1.2,
25.1.3, 28, 29, 32.1.c, 33.1
recharacterization 16.1.1, 19.1.15, 22.2.1
reduplication 11.13, 26, 26.2.a, 26.2.b, 26.8,
26.12, 26.17.b, 27, 27.2.b, 28, 32.2
Rckverwandlung fn. 2.4
ruki 11.20.5, 11.25.1, 14.1.1, 22.1.6
shortening 7.2, 7.3.1, 19.1.6, 19.1.18, 19.3.11, 19.5.2,
19.5.13, 19.5.16, 21.1, 22
Stang fn. 3.5
stem 5.4, 13.1, 13.3, 13.4, 17, 25.1.3, 25.3, 30, 31,
33.1
suppletion 22, 22.1, 22.2.1, 22.2.3, 22.2.4, 22.2.5
svarabhakti 9
tmesis 25.1.2
transcription of Avestan 5.1; fn. 2.11
vocalization
of laryngeal 7.14.5
voicing 11.11.1, 11.24.2, 11.26.1, 16.2
Vulgate 4.2.6; fn. 2.12
YAv. features in OAv. 4.1.3, 7.8.3, 7.9.4, 7.13.1,
10.1.2, 10.2.2, 10.2.3, 10.4, 14.6, 18.1.7, 19.1.9; fn.
2.1, fn. 2.6
Zarathustra 1, 4.1.1, 41, 41.3